FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP INC
10-K, 1996-04-01
SURETY INSURANCE
Previous: LASERGATE SYSTEMS INC, NT 10-K, 1996-04-01
Next: UNICO INC, NT 10-K, 1996-04-01





<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

            [x] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
               SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year
                             ended December 31, 1995
                                       OR
            [ ]     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR
                  15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                        For the transition period from to

                         COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 0-15022

                         FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

                DELAWARE                                         14-1681606
     (State or other jurisdiction of                          (I.R.S. Employer
     incorporation or organization)                          Identification No.)

195 LAKE LOUISE MARIE ROAD, ROCK HILL, NEW YORK                  12775-8000
(Address of principal executive offices)                         (Zip Code)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (914) 796-2100
           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                          Name of Each Exchange
          Title of Each Class                              on which Registered
         --------------------                             ----------------------
      Common Stock, $.01 par value                       New York Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  Registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

                            [x] Yes           [ ] No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of Registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]

The aggregate  market value of the voting stock (Common  Stock,  $.01 par value)
held by  non-affiliates  of the Registrant was  $344,416,100  on March 25, 1996,
based on the closing sales price of the Common Stock on such date.

The aggregate number of shares of the Registrant's Common Stock, $.01 par value,
outstanding on March 25, 1996, was 13,068,205. 

                      Documents incorporated by reference:
                                      None



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


 SAFE HARBOR  STATEMENT UNDER THE PRIVATE  SECURITIES  LITIGATION  REFORM ACT OF
1995:  This Annual Report,  on Form 10-K,  contains  forward-looking  statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the  Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E
of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 which are not  historical  facts,  and
involve  risks and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  actual  results to differ
materially  from those  expected  and  projected.  Such risks and  uncertainties
include the following:  general economic  conditions and conditions  specific to
the property and casualty  insurance  industry  including  its cyclical  nature,
regulatory  changes  and  conditions,  rating  agency  policies  and  practices,
competitive factors,  claims development and the impact thereof on loss reserves
and the Company's reserving policies,  the adequacy of the Company's reinsurance
programs, developments in the securities markets and the impact on the Company's
investment portfolio,  the success of the Company's acquisition program, changes
in generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and the risk factors listed from
time  to time in the  Company's  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  filings.
Accordingly,  there can be no assurance  that the actual results will conform to
the forward-looking statements in the Annual Report.

                              -------------------
                                     PART I
Item 1.  Business.

General

The Company is an insurance holding company which, through its five wholly-owned
subsidiaries,   Frontier  Insurance  Company  ("Frontier  Insurance"),   Medical
Professional Liability Agency, Ltd. ("Med Pro"), Pioneer Claim Management,  Inc.
("Pioneer"),  Frontier Pacific Insurance Company  ("Frontier  Pacific," formerly
Contractors' Surety Company), Spencer Douglass Insurance Associates ("SDIA") and
its 50%  ownership of  Douglass/Frontier  LLC  ("Douglass/Frontier"),   conducts
business  as a specialty  property  and  casualty  insurer  and  reinsurer,  and
performs  claims  adjusting and management  services.  Frontier  Insurance,  the
Company's principal  insurance company subsidiary,  commenced business in August
1966, and was acquired by the Company in April 1986. Med Pro, which  underwrites
the majority of the Company's medical and dental malpractice programs, commenced
business in July 1986 and was  acquired  by the  Company in June 1987.  Pioneer,
which performs claims adjusting and claims management services for the Company's
insurance  lines,  was organized  and commenced  business in October 1989 as the
successor  to a  claims  adjusting  company.  Frontier  Pacific,  the  Company's
California  insurance company  subsidiary,  commenced business in December 1982,
was acquired by Frontier  Insurance in October  1991,  and changed its name from
Contractors'  Surety Company in September 1993. SDIA was acquired by the Company
in April 1994 and is involved in placing and  servicing  license and permit bond
business in California and other western states. Douglass/Frontier was formed as
a joint venture in May 1995 and is involved in placing and  servicing  bail bond
business.

The  Company's  underwriting  strategy is to identify  niche markets or programs
that are  unattractive to other insurers due to the limited  potential market or
perceived   excessive  risks,   which  the  Company  believes  afford  favorable
opportunities for  profitability  due to limited  potential  competition and the
Company's  innovative  underwriting  and value added services,  principally risk
management, coverage enhancements and specialized claims management. The Company
underwrites  specialty  niche  market  programs,  including  medical  and dental
malpractice for  physicians,  social service care  providers,  alternative  risk
physicians,  psychiatrists,  chiropractors,  and dentists,  predominantly in New
York, Florida, Illinois, Ohio, and Massachusetts. The Company also underwrites a
variety of specialty  programs under general liability,  workers'  compensation,
surety bonds for small contractors, contractor license bonds, license and permit
bonds, bail bonds, custom bonds and other  miscellaneous  lines. The medical and
dental malpractice programs are currently produced on a direct basis through Med
Pro and are also marketed,  together with all other lines,  through a network of
independent general agents and retail brokers.

Frontier  Insurance is licensed as a property and casualty insurer in 49 states,
the District of Columbia,  Puerto Rico and the Virgin  Islands,  and is rated A-
(Excellent) by A.M. Best Company, Inc. Additionally, Standard & Poor's Insurance
Rating Services has given Frontier  Insurance an Insurer  Claims-Paying  Ability
Rating of A+ (Excellent).  Frontier Pacific is licensed in California and Nevada
and is rated A-



                                       2
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

(Excellent) by A.M. Best. A.M. Best's and Standard & Poor's ratings are based on
an analysis of the financial condition and operations of an insurance company as
they relate to the industry in general,  are not designed for the  protection of
investors  and do not  constitute  recommendations  to buy,  sell  or  hold  any
security.

The  following  chart  provides  examples  of  typical  niche   markets/programs
underwritten by the Company for specific types of customers:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Customer Type                      Coverage/Line of Business              Hypothetical Claim
- -------------                      -------------------------              ------------------
<S>                                <C>                                    <C>
Doctors and dentists               medical malpractice                    patient injured

Cattle feedlot operators           general liability, workers'            worker injured on
                                   compensation                           the job

White water raft operators         general liability                      rafter injured
                                                                          through operator's
                                                                          negligence

Social service agencies            medical malpractice, general           client  sues agency or
                                   liability, fire                        professional

Crane operators                    general liability                      crane damages a third
                                                                          party's property

Alarm installers                   general liability                      house is burglarized
                                                                          through faulty alarm
                                                                          installation

Small-construction contractors     surety bonds                           electrician or plumber
                                                                          fails to complete job

Self-Insured Employer              general liability                      workers' compensation
                                                                          loss exceeds
                                                                          employers' self-insured
                                                                          retention

U.S. Customs                       customs bonds                          importer fails to pay duty

California businesses              earthquake (difference in conditions)  earthquake damage
                                                                          to building disrupts
                                                                          operations
</TABLE>

Insurance Lines

The following  table sets forth the gross and net premiums by principal lines of
insurance  written by the Company and the related  percentages of the total such
premiums represented thereby for the year ended December 31, 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Year Ended December 31, 1995
                                             --------------------------------------------------
                                             Gross Premiums Written         NetPremiums Written
                                             ----------------------         -------------------
                                              Dollars   Percentage          Dollars  Percentage
                                              -------   ----------          -------  ----------
                                                       (dollar amounts in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>            <C>             <C>         <C>  
Medical malpractice (including
   dental malpractice and social services)   $117,431       44.4%           $99,382     45.0%
General liability                              69,713       26.4             56,872     25.8
Surety                                         49,279       18.6             43,545     19.7
Workers' compensation                          11,616        4.4              9,933      4.5
Other                                          16,275        6.2             11,025      5.0
                                             --------       ----            -------    -----
    Total                                    $264,314      100.0%          $220,757    100.0%
                                             ========      =====           ========    =====
</TABLE>



                                       3
<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Medical Malpractice

The Company commenced  underwriting medical malpractice  insurance in 1981 under
programs  developed for physicians with varied  practices,  including  part-time
physicians, internists, physicians and other health care professionals providing
medical  services to clients of social service care  facilities  (mental health,
home  care,   etc.),   family   practitioners,   psychiatrists,   chiropractors,
dermatologists,  and other  specialists.  Physicians covered under the Company's
programs  generally must be members of a national,  state, or county society for
their particular  specialty and must limit their practice to such specialty,  or
be employed by a social services care facility, or be in practice or employed on
a part-time basis. The Company has implemented strict underwriting guidelines in
an  attempt  to  screen-out  undesirable  risks and  reduce  its  exposure.  The
Company's medical  malpractice  insurance is written on both an occurrence and a
claims made basis predominantly in New York, Florida, Illinois, Ohio, Texas, and
Massachusetts.  Additionally,  the  Company  markets  a  specialty  program  for
physicians  unable to obtain  traditional  malpractice  coverage  as a result of
excessive malpractice claims,  professional disciplinary proceedings and/or drug
or alcohol  abuse.  Coverage under this program is written with a deductible and
is priced  substantially  higher than the Company's standard medical malpractice
programs.

At December  31,  1995,  approximately  17,400  physicians  were  insured by the
Company, of whom 700, or 4%, were employed as faculty members at medical schools
of the State University of New York ("SUNY"),  9,700, or 55.8%,  were physicians
who were  members of 19 medical  associations  which  endorsed or  approved  the
Company's  medical  malpractice  insurance  program,  and  7,000,  or 40.2% were
physicians  and other  health  care  professionals  providing  medical  services
covered by the Company's social services care insurance program.  Since December
31, 1990, the number of SUNY physicians  insured by the Company has decreased by
approximately  330,  attributable  to increased  competition  and other factors,
including a 1990 decision by the New York State Court of Claims relating to SUNY
physicians in favor of the Company. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Litigation  with the State of New
York."

Dental Malpractice

In August 1987, the Company commenced  underwriting dental malpractice insurance
for  dentists  viewed by the Company as preferred  risks.  Dentists who practice
oral surgery or who utilize anesthesia to render their patients unconscious are,
among others, not viewed as preferred risks and,  accordingly,  are not eligible
for  coverage.   As  with  medical  malpractice,   the  endorsement  of  related
professional  organizations  is a key  element in  marketing,  which the Company
benefited  significantly  from the endorsement in 1994 by the Academy of General
Dentistry.  Dental  malpractice is written by the Company  predominantly  in New
York, Florida, and Ohio. At December 31, 1995, approximately 3,500 dentists were
insured by the Company under its dental malpractice program.

Surety
The Company directly  underwrites  surety bonds for small  contractors,  customs
bonds,  contractor  license  bonds,  bail bonds,  license and permit bonds,  and
self-insured workers' compensation bonds.

General Liability

The Company underwrites general liability coverages for day care centers,  crane
operators,  white  water  rafting,  health and social  services  programs,  pest
control operators,  fire protection  equipment dealers and installers,  security
guards,  excess  workers'  compensation/employer's  liability  for  self-insured
employers,  and a variety of other programs.  Further,  the Company  underwrites
umbrella  coverage  up to  $5,000,000  over  an  underlying  $1,000,000  general
liability coverage.  Although the Company believes


                                       4
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

that the classes of insurance which it underwrites have no material  exposure to
environmental  pollution  claims,  there can be no such assurance in view of the
expansion of liability for environmental claims in recent litigation.

Workers' Compensation

The Company underwrites workers' compensation coverage for cotton gins, jockeys,
feed  lots,  and other  specialty  niches.  Additionally,  the  Company  assumes
workers' compensation business as a result of its required  participation in the
National  Workers'  Compensation  Reinsurance  Pool and  other  residual  market
mechanisms.  Due to adverse  underwriting  results, the Company discontinued all
workers'  compensation  business  in 1993  except  its  cotton  gin and  feedlot
programs  in Texas,  its New Jersey  jockey  program,  and its  social  services
program.

Other

The  Company  underwrites  other  lines  of  insurance,   including   commercial
multi-peril,  inland  marine,  property,  and excess of loss group  accident and
health.

Reinsurance

During  1993 and 1994,  the Company  assumed no  reinsurance  from  unaffiliated
companies  other than that derived from its required  participation  in residual
market pools such as the National  Workers'  Compensation  Reinsurance Pool. See
"Business--Relationship  with  Markel/Rhulen"  for reinsurance  formerly assumed
under a reinsurance pooling arrangement.  In conjunction with the acquisition of
a book of realtors' E&O business in 1995 from Bankers  Multiple  Line  Insurance
Company ("BMLIC"), the Company is reinsuring  certain  policies  issued by BMLIC
until such time as the policies can be directly written by the Company.

Effective  January 1, 1995,  the Company  entered  into a stop loss  reinsurance
contract with Centre Reinsurance  Company of New York ("Centre Re") for 1995 and
future years. Under the terms of the agreement,  Centre Re provides  reinsurance
protection  for  losses  and LAE in  excess  of a  predetermined  ratio of these
expenses  to net  premiums  earned  for a given  accident  year for all lines of
business except bail, customs, license and permit, bid, and miscellaneous surety
bonds. The loss and LAE ratio above which the reinsurance  provides  coverage is
66%,  65%,  and 64% for  accident  years 1995 through  1997,  respectively.  The
maximum  amount  recoverable  for an  accident  year is 175% of the  reinsurance
premium paid for that accident  year, or  $162,500,000  in the aggregate for the
three years. The additional reinsurance coverages described below are underlying
reinsurance coverages which inure to the benefit of this stop loss contract.

Effective July 15, 1995, the Company implemented a reinsurance  program, for its
commercial DIC  (Difference  in Condition)  earthquake  program.  The program is
reinsured by twenty-six  reinsurers  through a per risk excess of loss agreement
and four layers of inuring catastrophe reinsurance.  The Company retains $50,000
per risk, $2,500,000 per occurrence. The catastrophe layers attach at $2,500,000
per occurrence up to $40,000,000 per occurrence and allow one full reinstatement
per year.

Effective  January  1,  1996,  the  Company  entered  into a  clash  reinsurance
agreement with Mutual  Assurance,  Inc.,  the Doctors'  Insurance  Company,  and
Reliance Insurance Company,  with respect to its medical  malpractice  business.
Under  the terms of the  agreement,  reinsurance  is  provided  for  occurrences
involving   multiple   physicians  for  $3,000,000   excess  of  $2,000,000  per
occurrence, subject to an aggregate of $6,000,000.

The majority of the Company's business is reinsured by Swiss Reinsurance America
Corporation,  and its umbrella liability business by Munich American Reinsurance
Company.   Effective   January  1,  1996,  the  Company  reinsured  its  medical
malpractice  business  with  Mutual  Assurance,  Inc.,  The  Doctors'  Insurance
Company, and Reliance Insurance Company.



                                       5
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Munich American Reinsurance Company is currently rated A+ (Superior), and Centre
Reinsurance  Company of New York and Swiss Reinsurance  America  Corporation are
currently rated A (Excellent) by A.M. Best Company, Inc.

The  following  table is a  summary  of the  maximum  amount  of loss  typically
retained and ceded by Frontier  Insurance and Frontier  Pacific as of January 1,
1996  (exclusive of facultative  reinsurance and in 1995 the Centre Re stop loss
contract):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Maximum Retained Loss          Maximum Ceded Loss
                                             Per Occurrence/               Per Occurrence/
                                            Risk/Principal (1)            Risk/Principal (1)
                                          ---------------------          -------------------
                                                  (dollar amounts in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>                            <C>     
Property lines                                 $  200                        $   800
Casualty lines (excluding medical
  malpractice, health specialties,
  and social services)                          1,000                          1,000
Medical malpractice, health
  specialties and social services               1,000 (2)                      1,000
Workers' compensation                           1,000                          2,000
Surety                                          1,000 (3)(6)                   4,000 (3)(6)
Custom bonds                                    3,000 (4)                       N/A
Umbrella liability                              1,000                          4,000
Group accident and health                         250                            750
Excess workers' compensation/
  employers' liability                          1,000 (5)                      9,000 (5)
Earthquake`                                     2,500                         37,500
</TABLE>

- --------------
(1)   Amounts presented  represent those amounts which are generally the maximum
      retained or ceded by the Company, but which are occasionally exceeded.

(2)   Maximum  retained  loss  amount of  $1,000,000  relates  only to losses on
      policies  effective  during 1994 and  reinsurance  ceded treaty years 1985
      through 1991 which have been  commuted.  For all other years,  the maximum
      retained loss per  occurrence is $500,000.  On a very limited  basis,  the
      maximum retained loss per occurrence is $2,000,000.

(3)   A limited  number of bonds were written in which the maximum retained loss
      per principal was $9,000,000, and the maximum ceded loss was $4,000,000.

(4)   Amount  indicated is the maximum  face amount  (limit) on the bond issued,
      which  represents  the value of goods being  imported  that are subject to
      U.S. Customs duty. The actual exposure to the Company is the amount of any
      unpaid duty on the goods imported, which is generally approximately 15% of
      the face value of the goods,  and any penalties  associated  with the late
      payment of the duty.

(5)   Subject to a catastrophe  retention of  $3,000,000  per  occurrence  and a
      maximum ceded loss of $40,000,000 per occurrence.

(6)   Effective  December 1, 1995, two layers of excess  reinsurance  were added
      for a maximum limit of $20 million per  principal on a direct basis,  $4.1
      million on a net basis.


                                       6
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Marketing

The Company  relies on multiple  distribution  channels to market its  insurance
products. Medical malpractice and dental malpractice insurance are produced on a
direct  basis by Med Pro and by  independent  brokers  and  agents.  License and
permit bonds are  marketed  directly by Frontier  Pacific and SDIA,  and through
independent  brokers and agents.  Bail bonds are  produced by  Douglass/Frontier
through a nationwide network of bail bondsmen.

The Company  relies  primarily on independent  insurance  agencies and insurance
brokerage  firms to generate sales of its remaining  lines of business.  General
liability, workers' compensation, multi-peril and property policies are produced
through  general agents,  principally in California,  Florida,  New Jersey,  New
York,  Pennsylvania,  and Texas,  and selected  small  agencies in New York on a
brokerage  basis.  Surety  bonds  for small  contractors  are  produced  through
independent  insurance  agents acting as retail  brokers and general  agents and
several small  insurance  companies which also act as reinsurers on the business
they produce.  Custom bonds are produced  through a specialty agency in New York
which derives the business from a nationwide  network of customs brokers located
in the various ports of entry.

The following  tables set forth the gross and net premiums  written  produced by
major  agency or  brokerage  sources  during the three years ended  December 31,
1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     Year Ended December 31
                                                     ----------------------
                                       1995                    1994                    1993
                               -------------------    ---------------------      ------------------
                               Premiums   Percent     Premiums      Percent      Premiums  Percent
                               Written    of Total     Written     of Total      Written   of Total
                               --------   --------    --------     --------      --------  --------
                                                  (dollar amounts in thousands)
GROSS PREMIUMS
- --------------
<S>                           <C>           <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>  
  Internal  (Med Pro, SDIA,
     BMLIC, Douglass/Frontier
    and Frontier Pacific)     $ 56,118      21.3%      $ 48,099       24.2%      $ 52,058    35.0%
  Markel/Rhulen (1)                 68       0.0          1,825        0.9         13,860     9.3
  Cornwall & Stevens             2,160       0.8          7,013        3.5          9,761     6.6
  All others                   205,968      77.9        141,955       71.4         73,071    49.1
                              --------     -----       --------      -----       --------  ------
  Total                       $264,314     100.0%      $198,892      100.0%      $148,750   100.0%
                              ========     =====       ========      =====       ========   =====

NET PREMIUMS
- ------------
  Internal  (Med Pro, SDIA,
     BMLIC, Douglass/Frontier
     and Frontier Pacific)    $ 49,126      22.3%      $ 47,050       25.1%      $ 41,746    35.1%
  Markel/Rhulen (1)                 57       0.0            577        0.3          5,025     4.2
  Cornwall & Stevens             1,804       0.8          6,708        3.6          8,769     7.4
  All others                   169,770      76.9        132,953       71.0         63,279    53.3
                              --------     -----       --------      -----       --------   -----
  Total                       $220,757     100.0       $187,288      100.0%      $118,819   100.0%
                              ========     =====       ========      =====       ========   =====
</TABLE>

  (1) See "Business--Relationship with Markel/Rhulen."

Other than as reflected above, no producer accounted for 5% or more of the gross
or net premiums written by the Company during the years indicated.


                                       7
<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Relationship with Markel/Rhulen

Prior to October  1989,  a  significant  portion of the  Company's  business was
produced and underwritten by Rhulen Agency,  Inc. ("Rhulen") which on October 1,
1989, sold  substantially  all of its insurance  operations to Markel  Services,
Inc.  ("Markel/Rhulen"),  a subsidiary of Markel  Corporation.  Concurrent  with
Rhulen's sale of its insurance  operations to Markel/Rhulen  the Company entered
into an agency agreement with Markel/Rhulen,  substantially similar to the prior
agency agreement  between the Company and Rhulen.  In addition,  the Company and
Markel/Rhulen   entered   into  an   insurance   placement   agreement   whereby
Markel/Rhulen  agreed to use its best efforts to place insurance and reinsurance
with the Company through  September 1992, in the amount,  of the type and in the
proportions previously placed by Rhulen.  Incidental to the placement agreement,
a series of reinsurance  agreements were  established  which,  when  aggregated,
functioned  as  a  reinsurance  pooling  arrangement   ("pooling")  for  certain
specialty  programs  produced  and  underwritten  by  Markel/Rhulen.  Under this
pooling,  the Company assumed  reinsurance from Munich Reinsurance Company (U.S.
Branch) and ceded reinsurance to Insurance Company of Evanston,  Munich American
Reinsurance Company and Munich Reinsurance Company (U.S. Branch).  The Company's
agency and insurance placement  agreements with Markel/Rhulen  expired September
30, 1992 and were not renewed, and the pooling arrangement was terminated.

Under the terms of an agreement  effective October 1, 1992, the Company acquired
for  $1,680,000  in  commissions,  of  which  one-half  was paid in 1992 and the
balance in 1993, the rights to certain  program  insurance  business  previously
underwritten by Markel/Rhulen and insured by the Company.  Under this agreement,
the  Company  continued  to issue  policies  to insure  the  remaining  risks in
programs originally  produced and underwritten by Markel/Rhulen  through October
1994 where  Markel/Rhulen  did not have its own  insuring  facility and provided
such risks were 100%  reinsured  through a  reinsurance  facility  arranged  and
guaranteed by Markel/Rhulen;  since October 1992, such risks have been reinsured
with Insurance  Company of Evanston to which the Company cedes 100% of the risks
and  premiums.  See  "Business-Insurance  Lines-Reinsurance."  Under  this  same
agreement,  the  Company and  Markel/Rhulen  agreed not to compete for two years
(until October 1994) with respect to the program business each retained.


                                       8
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Operating Ratios
- ----------------
Statutory Combined Ratio

The  statutory  combined  ratio  is  the  traditional  measure  of  underwriting
experience for insurance companies.  Generally,  if the statutory combined ratio
is below 100%,  an  insurance  company has an  underwriting  profit and if it is
above 100%, the insurer has an underwriting loss.

The following  table reflects the  consolidated  statutory loss ratios,  expense
ratios  and  combined  ratios  of  the  Company's  primary  insurance  operating
subsidiaries,  Frontier  Insurance  and,  beginning  October 1,  1991,  Frontier
Pacific, determined in accordance with statutory accounting practices,  together
with the property and casualty  industry-wide  statutory  combined  ratios after
policyholders' dividends as compiled by the Insurance Information Institute, for
the years indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Year Ended December 31
                                               -----------------------------------------------
                                               1995       1994       1993      1992       1991
                                               ----       ----       ----      ----       ----
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>  
Loss ratio                                     60.0%      69.9%      66.4%     71.9%      70.3%
Expense ratio                                  31.5       27.9       26.9      24.9       25.7
                                               ----      -----      -----     -----      -----
Combined ratio                                 91.5       97.8       93.3%     96.8%      96.0%
                                               ====      =====      =====     =====      =====
Industry combined ratio after
  policyholders' dividends                    105.3      109.4%     109.2%    115.7%     108.8%
                                              =====      =====      =====     =====      =====
</TABLE>


Premium-to-Surplus Ratio

While there are no statutory  provisions  governing  premium-to-surplus  ratios,
regulatory  authorities regard this ratio as an important  indicator,  since the
lower the ratio,  the greater the insurer's  ability to withstand  abnormal loss
experience.  Guidelines  established  by the National  Association  of Insurance
Commissioners provide that an insurer's premium-to-surplus ratio is satisfactory
if it is below 3 to 1.

The following table sets forth the ratio of net premiums written during the year
to policyholders'  surplus at the end of the year for Frontier Insurance and for
Frontier Pacific for the years indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Year Ended December 31
                                                                 ----------------------
                                               1995      1994       1993       1992       1991
                                               ----      ----       ----       ----       ----
                                                        (dollar amounts in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>    
Frontier Insurance:
  Net premiums written
    during the year                          $205,614  $179,058   $115,028   $113,508   $81,943
  Policyholders' surplus
    at end of year                           $171,362  $104,871   $101,418    $76,438   $64,130
  Ratio                                        1.20/1    1.71/1     1.13/1     1.48/1    1.28/1

Frontier Pacific:
  Net premiums written
    during the year                           $15,143    $8,230     $3,791     $2,740    $2,746
  Policyholders' surplus
    at end of year                            $17,155   $16,127    $15,108     $6,522    $5,767
  Ratio                                        0.88/1    0.51/1     0.25/1     0.42/1    0.48/1
</TABLE>



                                       9
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Loss and LAE Reserves

Significant periods of time, ranging up to several years, may elapse between the
occurrence of an insured loss,  the reporting of the loss to the Company and its
payment of such loss.  Medical  malpractice and general liability usually have a
much  longer  period  of time  between  occurrence  of a loss and  payment  than
property  lines.  To  recognize  liabilities  for  unpaid  losses,  the  Company
establishes reserves, which are balance sheet liabilities representing estimates
of amounts  needed to pay claims and related  expenses  with  respect to insured
events which have occurred, including those not yet reported ("IBNR").

All claims are  investigated,  supervised  and adjusted by personnel of Pioneer,
which selects counsel and outside adjusting firms, if required, and monitors the
case and  approves  any  settlement.  Any payment in excess of $50,000  requires
approval by an officer of the Company. The Company believes claims management is
critical to controlling the amount of paid losses,  and has an internal staff of
experienced claims adjusters and attorneys, assigned exclusively to managing and
adjusting claims.

When a claim is reported,  the Company's claims adjusting  personnel establish a
formula case reserve,  which is based on historical average claim costs, for the
estimated amount to be paid. As more pertinent  information becomes available on
a claim, adjusting personnel change the reserve from a formula reserve to a case
basis reserve.  This case basis reserve is an estimate of the amount of ultimate
payment which  reflects the informed  judgment of such  personnel,  based on the
Company's reserving practices and the experience and knowledge of such personnel
regarding  the nature  and value of the  specific  type of claim.  Additionally,
reserves are  established  by the Company on an  aggregate  basis to provide for
IBNR losses and to maintain the overall  adequacy of reserves.  The Company also
establishes a related loss  adjustment  expense  ("LAE") reserve on an aggregate
basis representing the estimated expense of settling claims, including legal and
other fees and general expenses of administering the claims  adjustment  process
with respect to reported and unreported  losses.  Virtually all of the Company's
LAE is classified as allocated LAE as a result of its method of handling  claims
through Pioneer.  The Company does not discount its reserves either on the basis
of generally  accepted  accounting  practices  ("GAAP") or statutory  accounting
practices.

The  reserves  for  losses and LAE are  estimated  using  loss  evaluations  and
actuarial  projections  and represent  estimates of the ultimate net cost of all
unpaid losses and LAE incurred through December 31 of each year. These estimates
are subject to the effect of trends in claims  severity  and  frequency  and are
continually reviewed. As part of this process,  historical data are reviewed and
consideration  is given to the anticipated  impact of various  factors,  such as
legal  developments,  changes  in social  attitudes,  and  economic  conditions,
including the effects of inflation and anticipated  subrogation  recoveries with
respect to the surety line of business.  As  experience  develops and other data
becomes  available,  these  estimates  are revised,  as  required,  resulting in
increases or decreases  in reserves  for insured  events of prior years.  Future
adjustments,  if any,  will be  reflected  in the results of  operations  in the
period in which recognized.


                                       10
<PAGE>
<PAGE>


The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the beginning and ending loss
and LAE reserve balances,  net of reinsurance ceded, for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Year Ended December 31
                                                      --------------------------------------
                                                      1995             1994             1993
                                                      ----             ----             ----
                                                               (amounts in thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>              <C>     
Reserves at beginning of year--
  net of reinsurance ceded                          $263,202         $216,486         $185,074
Provision for losses & LAE
  for claims occurring in
  the current year                                   126,764           97,044           74,267
Increase in reserves--loss portfolio
  transfer from BMLIC                                  5,500
Increase (decrease) in estimated
  losses & LAE for claims occurring
  in prior years                                      (7,514)          13,874            3,314
Loss & LAE payments for
  claims occurring during:
    Current year                                      13,052            7,216            7,869
    Prior years                                       80,507           56,986           38,300
                                                    --------         --------         --------
Net reserves at end of year                          294,393          263,202          216,486
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid
  losses & LAE at end of year                         73,043           49,435           57,549
                                                    --------         --------         --------
Reserves at end of year--gross of
  reinsurance ceded                                 $367,436         $312,637         $274,035
                                                    ========         ========         ========
</TABLE>

- --------------

The Company's net reserves for unpaid losses and LAE, net of related reinsurance
recoverable,  at  December  31, 1994 were  decreased  in the  following  year by
approximately  $7,500,000,  and at December 31, 1993 and 1992 the reserves  were
increased in the following year by  approximately  $13,900,000  and  $3,300,000,
respectively,  for claims that had  occurred  on or prior to the  balance  sheet
dates.  No premiums  have been accrued as a result of the changes to  prior-year
loss and LAE reserves.

The net $7,500,000  decrease in the prior years' reserves in 1995 was the result
of  favorable  claims   development  on  the  general   liability  and  worker's
compensation lines and to subrogation  recoveries in the surety line of business
in excess of expectations.  Included in the net  development,  is an increase in
prior year's reserves of approximately  $19,000,000 which was entirely offset by
subrogation  recoverable  recognized in connection with a favorable court ruling
in 1995. The significant increase in the reinsurance  recoverable in 1995 is due
to the change in the type of reinsurance  from an aggregate claim excess of loss
to a stop loss for the majority of the Company's losses.

The  $13,900,000  increase  in prior  years'  reserves in 1994  resulted  from a
$17,500,000 increase in the reserves attributable to adverse medical malpractice
claims  development in Florida from higher than anticipated  dollar  settlements
and from redundancies in other lines. The 1993 deficiencies resulted principally
from  settling   case-basis   reserves  for  medical  malpractice  and  workers'
compensation  exposures established in prior years for amounts that were greater
than projected, net of redundancies for more recent years' claims.


                                       11
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

 The following  table reflects the Company's  loss and LAE reserves  development
through December 31, 1995, for each of the preceding the ten years:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Year Ended December 31
                      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       1985    1986     1987    1988     1989      1990      1991      1992      1993     1994       1995
                      -----    ----     ----    ----     ----      ----      ----      ----      ----     ----       ----
                                                       (amounts in thousands)
<S>                 <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>     
Reserves for unpaid
  losses & LAE      $12,867  $27,271  $43,813  $64,971  $92,384  $120,096  $161,263  $185,074  $216,486  $263,202  $294,393
Reserves reestimated
 at December 31:
  1 year  later      13,281   28,495   46,385   67,486   93,419   119,875   162,121   188,387   230,360   255,689
  2 years later      14,781   29,587   49,495   68,793   91,457   120,550   158,746   196,005   229,334
  3 years later      14,685   31,906   50,890   66,532   91,527   115,310   163,537   191,401        -
  4 years later      15,655   33,425   49,694   66,656   86,508   114,790   154,217        -         -
  5 years later      15,999   32,730   49,895   64,254   87,795   107,907        -         -         -
  6 years later      15,630   32,740   49,492   64,700   79,459        -         -         -         -
  7 years later      15,937   33,563   48,749   55,300       -         -         -         -         -
  8 years later      16,235   32,357   43,099       -        -         -         -         -         -
  9 years later      15,336   30,720       -        -        -         -         -         -         -
 10 years later      15,089       -        -        -        -         -         -         -         -
Cumulative redundancy
  (deficiency)       (2,232)  (3,449)     714    9,671   12,925    12,189     7,046    (6,327)  (12,848)    7,513
Cumulative amount of liability
 paid through December 31:
  1 year  later       2,308    3,760    6,208    9,611   16,823     8,129    41,486    38,300    56,986    80,507
  2 years later       3,858    7,477   12,946   20,006   13,230    35,864    62,175    74,113   113,471
  3 years later       5,167   11,953   20,339   11,196   32,987    45,973    80,888   112,017        -
  4 years later       6,845   16,605   14,902   24,825   39,166    58,043   104,672        -         -
  5 years later       9,098   12,916   24,426   30,919   50,406    74,659        -         -         -
  6 years later       8,156   18,466   27,766   39,664   61,276        -         -         -         -
  7 years later       9,719   20,999   32,372   47,784       -         -         -         -         -
  8 years later      11,186   23,259   38,271       -        -         -         -         -         -
  9 years later      11,874   27,412       -        -        -         -         -         -         -
 10 years later      11,874       -        -        -        -         -         -         -         -
Net Reserve - December 31                                                                      $216,486  $263,202  $294,393
Reinsurance Recoverables                                                                         57,549    49,435   $73,043
                                                                                               --------  --------  --------
Gross Reserve                                                                                  $274,035  $312,637  $367,436
                                                                                               ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>

- --------------

The loss and LAE  reserves  of  Frontier  Insurance  and  Frontier  Pacific,  as
reported in their  Annual  Statements  prepared  in  accordance  with  statutory
accounting practices and filed with state insurance  departments,  are identical
with  those  reflected  in  the  Company's  financial   statements  prepared  in
accordance  with GAAP  included  herein,  before  elimination  of  inter-company
transactions  and except for a change  resulting from the rescission by Frontier
Insurance  in April  1986 of an offer to  assume  reinsurance  under a  proposed
treaty with another insurer which has been given  retroactive  effect herein but
was not reflected in the statutory filing with the New York Insurance Department
until the March 31, 1986 quarterly statement, thereby reducing the GAAP reserves
at December  31, 1985,  by $861,000  from the  statutory  reserves at such date.
Further, at December 31, 1986, Frontier  Insurance's loss and LAE reserves under
GAAP were lower by $138,000 than its 1986 statutory  reserves as a result of the
revision of certain estimates with respect to liquor law liability claims.

Investments

Funds,  including  reserve funds,  are invested until required for the Company's
operations,  subject to restrictions on permissible  investments  established by
applicable  state  insurance  codes.  The  Company's  investment  strategy is to
maximize  after-tax  income while generally  limiting  investments to investment
grade securities with high liquidity.  The Company has retained Asset Allocation
&  Management  Company  and  New  England  Asset  Management,  Inc.,  registered
investment advisors which specialize in insurance company portfolio  management,
to provide  investment  advisory and related services to the Company pursuant to
investment guidelines established by the Company.


                                       12
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

The following  table contains  information  concerning the Company's  investment
portfolio at December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    December 31, 1995
                                                 ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Market    Amount Reflected  Percent
                                                 Cost(1)         Value     on Balance Sheet  of Total
                                                 -------         ------    ----------------  --------
                                                             (dollar amounts in thousands)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>            <C>              <C> 
Available-for-sale securities
  Fixed maturity securities:
    U.S. Treasury securities and
      obligations of U.S. Government
      corporations and agencies                 $ 29,602        $ 31,118       $ 31,118        5.7%
    Obligations of states and
      political subdivisions                     189,363         192,906        192,906       35.6
    Foreign governments                               20              20             20        0.0
    Corporate securities                         102,667         105,264        105,264       19.4
    Mortgage-backed securities
                                                 188,404         192,094        192,094       35.4
                                                --------        --------       --------      -----

       Total Fixed Maturity Securities           510,056         521,402        521,402       96.1

    Equity Securities                             20,132          21,024         21,024        3.9
                                                --------        --------       --------      -----

    Total available-for-sale-securities         $530,188        $542,426       $542,426      100.0%
                                                ========        ========       ========      =====
</TABLE>



(1) Original  cost  of  equity  and  short-term  securities  and,  as  to  fixed
    maturities,   original   cost  reduced  by   repayments   and  adjusted  for
    amortization of premiums or accrual of discounts.

The  following  table  sets  forth a profile  of the  Company's  fixed  maturity
investment portfolio by rating at December 31, 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Amount Reflected     Percent
                                                          Market           on              of
S&P/Moody's Rating (1)                                    Value       Balance Sheet     Portfolio
- ----------------------                                    ------    ----------------    ---------
                                                              (dollar amounts in thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>               <C>  
AAA/Aaa (including U.S. Treasuries of $14,726)          $318,000        $318,000          61.0%
AA/Aa                                                     90,188          90,188          17.3
A/A                                                       76,248          76,248          14.6
BBB/Baa                                                   36,699          36,699           7.0
All other                                                    267             267            .1
                                                        --------        --------         -----
    Total                                               $521,402        $521,402         100.0%
                                                        ========        ========         =====
</TABLE>

- --------------

(1) Ratings are as assigned  primarily  by  Standard & Poor's  Corporation  with
    remaining ratings as assigned by Moody's Investors Service Inc.



                                       13
<PAGE>
<PAGE>


The following table sets forth the maturity  profile of the Company's  portfolio
of fixed maturity investments at December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Amount Reflected    Percent
                                                          Market           on             of
Maturity                                                  Value       Balance Sheet    Portfolio
- --------                                                  ------    ----------------   ---------
                                                              (dollar amounts in thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>                <C> 
Due in one year or less                                $   5,614        $  5,614           1.1%
Due after one year to 5 years                             43,517          43,517           8.3
Due after five years to 10 years                         116,141         116,141          22.2
Due after 10 years                                       164,036         164,036          31.5
Mortgage-backed securities                               192,094         192,094          36.9
                                                        --------        --------         -----
           Total                                        $521,402        $521,402         100.0%
                                                        ========        ========         =====
</TABLE>

The following  table  summarizes the Company's  investment  results for the five
years ended December 31, 1995, calculated on the mean of total investments as of
the first and last day of each calendar quarter:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Year Ended December 31
                                              ---------------------------------------------------
                                              1995        1994       1993         1992       1991
                                              ----        ----       ----         ----       ----
                                                       (dollar amounts in thousands)
<S>                                         <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>    
Total net investment income                 $30,055     $22,975    $22,371      $20,208    $16,690
Average annual pre-tax yield                    6.4%        6.6%       7.8%         7.9%       8.2%
Average annual after-tax yield                  4.9%        5.4%       6.3%         6.2%       6.5%
Effective federal income tax rate
  on total net investment income               23.7%       19.8%      19.3%        21.2%      20.8%
</TABLE>

Regulation

Frontier  Insurance  and  Frontier  Pacific  are  subject to varying  degrees of
regulation and supervision in the  jurisdictions in which they transact business
under statutes which delegate regulatory,  supervisory and administrative powers
to state  insurance  commissioners.  Such  regulation  generally  is designed to
protect  policyholders  rather than investors and relates to such matters as the
standards  of  solvency  which  must be met and  maintained;  the  licensing  of
insurers  and their  agents;  the nature of and  examination  of the  affairs of
insurance companies,  which includes periodic market conduct examinations by the
regulatory  authorities;  annual  and other  reports,  prepared  on a  statutory
accounting basis, required to be filed on the financial condition of insurers or
for other  purposes;  establishment  and  maintenance  of reserves  for unearned
premiums and losses;  and  requirements  regarding  numerous other  matters.  In
general,  Frontier  Insurance  and  Frontier  Pacific  must  file all  rates for
insurance directly  underwritten with the insurance  department of each state in
which they operate on an admitted basis; reinsurance generally is not subject to
rate regulation.  Medical  malpractice  rates in New York are established by the
New York State Insurance Department (the "Department"). Further, state insurance
statutes  typically  place  limitations  on the  amount  of  dividends  or other
distributions payable by insurance companies in order to protect their solvency.
New York, the jurisdiction of incorporation of Frontier Insurance, requires that
dividends  be paid only out of earned  surplus  and  limits  the  annual  amount
payable  without the prior  approval of the  Department  to the lesser of 10% of
policyholders'  surplus or 100% of adjusted net investment  income.  California,
the  jurisdiction of  incorporation  of Frontier  Pacific,  currently limits the
annual amount of dividends  payable without the prior approval of the California
Insurance Department to the greater of 10% of policyholders'  surplus at the end
of the previous

                                       14
<PAGE>
<PAGE>


calendar year or 100% of net income for the previous calendar year.

The Company is also  subject to statutes  governing  insurance  holding  company
systems in various jurisdictions.  Typically,  such statutes require the Company
to  file   information   periodically   with  the  state  insurance   regulatory
authorities,  including information concerning its capital structure, ownership,
financial  condition  and  general  business  operations.  Under  the  terms  of
applicable state statutes, any person or entity desiring to purchase more than a
specified  percentage  (commonly  10%)  of  the  Company's   outstanding  voting
securities is required to obtain regulatory  approval for the purchase.  Article
15 of the New York  Insurance  Law relating to holding  companies,  to which the
Company is subject,  requires,  inter alia,  disclosure of transactions  between
Frontier  Insurance  and  the  Company  or any of its  subsidiaries,  that  such
transactions  satisfy certain standards,  including that they be fair, equitable
and  reasonable  and  that  certain   material   transactions   be  specifically
non-disapproved by the Department.  Further, prior approval by the Department is
required of  affiliated  sales,  purchases,  exchanges,  loans or  extensions of
credit, or investments,  any of which involve 5% or more of Frontier Insurance's
admitted  assets as of the preceding  December 31st. In addition,  any documents
relating to the offering of  securities  by the  Company,  the proceeds of which
will be used for Frontier  Insurance,  must be approved by the Department.  With
respect to Frontier Pacific, California law with respect to holding companies is
substantially equivalent to that of New York.

The National  Association of Insurance  Commissioners  ("NAIC") has  established
eleven financial ratios to assist state insurance departments in their oversight
of the financial  condition of insurance companies operating in their respective
states.  The NAIC  calculates  these  ratios based on  information  submitted by
insurers on an annual basis and shares the information with the applicable state
insurance departments. The ratios relate to leverage,  profitability,  liquidity
and loss  reserve  development.  Frontier  Insurance's  percentage  increase  in
surplus  exceeded the acceptable  range during 1995 due to a $45 million capital
infusion by the Company,  pursuant to an agreement with AM Best in order to fund
projected  growth  and  retain  Frontier   Insurance's  A(-)  Excellent  rating.
Additionally,  Frontier  Insurance's  estimated  current  reserve  deficiency to
surplus ratio  exceeded the  acceptable  range  primarily as a result of reserve
strengthening.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."

In their ongoing effort to improve solvency regulation,  the NAIC and individual
states have enacted  certain laws and statutory  financial  statement  reporting
requirements.  For example,  NAIC rules require audit certification of statutory
financial statements as well as actuarial certification of loss and LAE reserves
therein.  Other  activities  are focused on greater  disclosure  of an insurer's
reliance on reinsurance  and changes in its  reinsurance  programs,  and tighter
rules on accounting for certain overdue reinsurance.  In addition,  the NAIC has
implemented  risk-based capital requirements for property and casualty insurance
companies commencing in 1994 (see below). These regulatory initiatives,  and the
overall focus on solvency,  may intensify the restructuring and consolidation of
the insurance industry.  It is also possible that Congress may enact legislation
regulating the insurance industry.  While the impact of these regulatory efforts
on the Company's  operations  cannot be quantified  until  enacted,  the Company
believes it will be adequately  positioned to compete in an  environment of more
stringent regulation.

In 1994, the NAIC  implemented a risk-based  capital  measurement  formula to be
applied to all property-casualty insurance companies, which formula calculates a
minimum required  statutory net worth,  based on the  underwriting,  investment,
credit  loss  reserve  and other  business  risks  applicable  to the  insurance
company's  operations.  An  insurance  company  that  does  not  meet  threshold
risk-based capital  measurement  standards could be required to reduce the scope
of its operations and ultimately could become subject to statutory  receivership
proceedings.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations--Regulation."


                                       15
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Competition

The property and casualty insurance business is highly competitive,  principally
in terms of price and extent of  coverage.  In New York  State,  there are three
major  competitors,  as well as a number  of  other  insurers,  writing  medical
malpractice insurance for physicians, the Company's principal insurance program,
and in Florida such coverage is offered by a larger number of insurers. However,
the  Company  benefits  from the  endorsement  or  approval  of various  medical
associations,  many of whose  physician  members  are  insured  by the  Company.
Moreover, the Company's program, unlike those of its competitors,  is limited to
specified   classes  of   physicians.   Dental   malpractice   coverage  in  all
jurisdictions  is significantly  more competitive than medical  malpractice with
respect to rates and terms of  coverage.  Although  the  Company's  underwriting
strategy is to underwrite  specialty programs for niche markets, it nevertheless
encounters  competition  from carriers  engaged in insuring risks in the broader
lines of business which encompass niche programs.

Employees

The Company  currently  has 579  full-time  employees,  16 of whom are executive
management,  and 36  part-time  employees.  The  Company  is not a party  to any
collective bargaining agreement and believes its relationship with its employees
to be good.

Item 2.  Properties.

The Company owns a  three-story  office  building at 195 Lake Louise Marie Road,
Rock Hill, New York, in which its executive offices and insurance operations are
located.

The Company owns a one-story  Commercial  building in Rock Hill, New York, which
is used for storage and rental property.

The Company leases  approximately  15,786 square feet of office space in Bedford
Hills,  New York, under a lease expiring in December 1996 at a monthly rental of
$18,169,  at which Med Pro conducts  its medical  malpractice  insurance  agency
operations.

The Company leases  approximately 3,325 square feet of office space in an office
building in Los Angeles,  California, under a lease expiring in February 2001 at
a monthly  rental of $4,489,  at which Frontier  Pacific  conducts its insurance
operations.

The Company leases  approximately 4,472 square feet of office space in an office
building  in Great  Neck,  New York,  under a lease  expiring in March 1999 at a
monthly rental of $8,788, at which claims settlement and adjusting  services are
performed.

The Company  leases  approximately  940 square feet of office space in an office
building in San Jose,  California,  under a lease expiring in December 1997 at a
monthly rental of $1,175, at which SDIA conducts branch agency operations.

The Company leases  approximately 7,204 square feet of office space in an office
building  in La Jolla,  California,  under a lease  expiring in August 1999 at a
monthly  rental  of  $9,005,   at  which  SDIA  conducts  its  insurance  agency
operations.

The Company leases  approximately 6,590 square feet of office space in an office
building in Fort Lauderdale, Florida, under a lease expiring in February 2000 at
a monthly rental of $8,441,  at which claims  settlement and adjusting  services
are performed.

The Company leases  approximately  616  square feet of office space in an office
building in Phoenix, Arizona, under an open lease at a monthly rental  of  $722,
at  which  SDIA  conducts   branch  agency   operations.



                                       16
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

The Company  leases  approximately  363 square feet of office space in an office
building in Las Vegas, Nevada, under a lease expiring in April 1996 at a monthly
rental of $1,200, at which SDIA conducts branch agency operations.

The Company  leases  approximately  720 square feet of office space in an office
building in Reno,  Nevada,  under a lease expiring in December 1995 at a monthly
rental of $800, at which SDIA conducts branch agency operations.

The Company  leases  approximately  1,100 square feet of office space in Canton,
Ohio,  under a lease  expiring in May 1998 at a monthly rental of $958, at which
medical malpractice insurance agency operations are performed.

The Company leases  approximately 1,429 square feet of office space in an office
building in Houston,  Texas,  under a lease expiring in August 1998 at a monthly
rental of $1,548, at which medical  malpractice  insurance agency operations are
performed.

The Company leases  approximately 5,478 square feet of office space in an office
building  in Orlando,  Florida,  under a lease  expiring  in February  2002 at a
monthly rental of $7,989, at which claims settlement and adjusting  services are
performed.




Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.

         See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
         Results of Operations--Shareholder Litigation"

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

         Not applicable.


                                       17
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                             PART II


Item 5. Market for the  Registrant's  Common Stock and Related  Security  Holder
        Matters.

The Company's  Common Stock is traded on the New York Stock  Exchange  under the
symbol FTR. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for the
Company's  Common Stock,  as reported by the New York Stock  Exchange,  for each
calendar  quarter  during the periods  indicated,  as adjusted to reflect  stock
dividends paid and stock splits:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        High                   Low
                                                        ----                   ---
<S>                                                    <C>                   <C>   
        1994:
         First Quarter                                 $30.00                $25.42
         Second Quarter                                 33.38                 30.18
         Third Quarter                                  37.50                 29.00
         Fourth Quarter                                 30.75                 16.75

      1995:
         First Quarter                                 $24.75                $20.25
         Second Quarter                                 27.00                 23.50
         Third Quarter                                  32.00                 25.25
         Fourth Quarter                                 33.75                 27.50

        1996:
         First Quarter (through March 25, 1996)         32.13                 28.25

</TABLE>

On March 25, 1996,  the Company had  approximately  864 holders of record of its
Common Stock,  which did not include  beneficial owners for shares registered in
nominee or street name.

During 1995,  the Company  declared four  quarterly  cash dividends of $.12 per,
share  the  Company's  sixteenth  consecutive  quarterly  cash  dividend.   (See
"Business-Regulation"  for  restrictions on the payment of dividends by Frontier
Insurance, the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary.)


                                       18
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

Frontier Insurance Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

The  following   selected   financial   data  are  derived  from  the  Company's
consolidated  financial statements.  The data should be read in conjunction with
the  consolidated  financial  statements,  related  notes,  and other  financial
information included elsewhere in this report.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Income Statement Data:                                                  Year Ended December 31
- ---------------------                            ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 1995            1994             1993             1992          1991
                                                 ----            ----             ----             ----          ----
                                                            (in thousands, except per share dollar amounts)
<S>                                            <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Revenues:
  Gross premiums written                        $264,314       $198,892        $148,750        $149,504        $127,428
                                                ========       ========        ========        ========        ========
  Net premiums written                          $220,757       $187,288        $118,819        $116,248        $ 82,573
                                                ========       ========        ========        ========        ========
  Net premiums earned                           $196,220       $156,755        $116,372        $105,171        $ 78,018
  Net investment income                           30,035         24,453          22,523          19,875          15,904
  Realized capital gains (losses)                     20         (1,478)           (152)            333             786
  Gross claims adjusting income                      130            255             424           1,356           1,562
                                                --------       --------        --------        --------        --------
       Total revenues                            226,405        179,985         139,167         126,735          96,270
Expenses:
  Losses and loss adjustment expenses            119,255        110,918          77,581          74,933          54,414
  Amortization of policy acquisition costs,
    underwriting, and other expenses              62,975         47,737          31,293          26,604          21,470
  Interest expense                                   895
                                                                                                                    241
                                                --------       --------        --------        --------        --------
       Total expenses                            183,125        158,655         108,874         101,537          76,125
                                                --------       --------        --------        --------        --------
Income before income taxes and
  cumulative effect of change in
  accounting principle                            43,280         21,330          30,293          25,198          20,145
Income taxes                                      12,069          4,350           7,130           6,236           5,157
                                                --------       --------        --------        --------        --------
  Income before cumulative effect
  of change in accounting principle               31,211         16,980          23,163          18,962          14,988
Cumulative effect of change in
  accounting for income taxes                                                       708
                                                --------       --------        --------        --------        --------
       Net Income                               $ 31,211      $  16,980       $  23,871       $  18,962       $  14,988
                                                ========      =========       =========       =========       =========
Net income per share                               $2.40          $1.31           $2.09           $1.76           $1.52
                                                   =====          =====           =====           =====           =====
Cash dividends declared per share                  $ .48          $ .46           $ .40           $ .40
                                                   =====          =====           =====           =====           =====


Balance Sheet Data:
                                                                             December 31
                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1995           1994            1993            1992           1991
                                                  ----           ----            ----            ----           ----
  Total investments                             $552,714       $407,618        $343,591        $262,010       $235,451
  Total assets                                   773,348        599,117         527,657         406,149        343,561
Reserves for gross unpaid losses and
    loss adjustment expenses                     367,436        312,637         274,035         238,941        195,719
Total liabilities                                543,615        408,853         341,963         299,400        252,344
Total capital                                    229,733        190,264         185,694         106,749         91,217
- --------------
Supplemental Per Share Data:
   Realized capital gains (losses)-net of tax   $                $ (.07)         $ (.01)          $ .02          $ .05
  Federal income tax "Fresh Start" benefits                                                         .03            .03
  Cumulative effect of accounting change                                            .06                            
  Operating income                                  2.40           1.38            2.04            1.71           1.44
                                                  ------         ------          ------           -----          -----
Net income                                        $ 2.40         $ 1.31          $ 2.09           $1.76          $1.52
                                                  ======         ======          ======           =====          =====
Book value                                        $17.59         $14.61          $14.34           $9.89          $8.52
Statutory Combined Ratio                            91.5%          97.8%           93.3%           96.8%          96.0%
GAAP Combined Ratio                                 92.7%         101.0%           93.2%           95.4%          95.3%

</TABLE>


                                       19
<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations


The following  discussion and analysis  should be read in  conjunction  with the
consolidated  financial  statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this
report.

Results of Operations

The following  table sets forth the  Company's net premiums  earned by principal
lines of  insurance  for the three  years  indicated  and the dollar  amount and
percentage of change therein from year to year:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Increase (Decrease)
                                                                        --------------------------------------
                                           Year Ended December 31        1994 to 1995           1993 to 1994
                                         -------------------------      -------------         ----------------
                                         1995      1994       1993      Amount        %       Amount         %
                                         ----      ----       ----      ------        -       ------         -
                                                           (Dollar amounts in thousands)
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>     <C>           <C> 
Medical malpractice
  (including dental
   malpractice and social services)   $ 88,295   $ 74,877   $ 49,720   $ 13,418      17.9    $ 25,157      50.6
General liability                       50,026     28,631     16,704     21,395      74.7      11,927      71.4
Surety                                  39,756     30,344     18,415      9,412      31.0      11,929      64.8
Workers' compensation                   10,320     16,671     23,717     (6,351)    (38.1)     (7,046)    (29.7)
Other                                    7,823      6,232      7,816      1,591      25.5      (1,584)    (20.3)
                                      --------   --------   --------   --------              --------          
    Total                             $196,220   $156,755   $116,372   $ 39,465      25.2    $ 40,383      34.7
                                      ========   ========   ========   ========              ========          
</TABLE>


The following table sets forth the expense  components of the Company's combined
ratio  calculated  as a  percentage  of net  premiums  earned  on the  basis  of
generally accepted  accounting  principles ("GAAP Combined Ratio") for the three
years indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Year Ended December 31
                                                               -----------------------------------
                                                               1995            1994           1993
                                                               ----            ----           ----
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>            <C> 
Losses                                                         45.6%           54.1%          49.8%
Loss adjustment expenses ("LAE")                               15.2            16.7           16.9
                                                               ----            ----           ----
Losses and LAE                                                 60.8            70.8           66.7
Acquisition, underwriting, interest, and other expenses        31.9            30.2           26.5
                                                               ----            ----           ----
GAAP Combined Ratio                                            92.7%          101.0%          93.2%
                                                               ====           =====           ==== 
</TABLE>

Calendar Year 1995 Compared to Calendar Year 1994

A variety of factors accounted for the 25.2% growth in net premiums earned,  the
principal  factor being  increases in the majority of the Company's core and new
program  business,  partially  offset by a decrease  in  workers'  compensation,
particularly  the  cotton gin  program,  and by the  increased  ceding of earned
premiums  under the  Company's  aggregate  excess of loss  reinsurance  contract
effective January 1, 1995, pursuant to which 14% of earned premium for all lines
of business,  except bail, customs, license and permit, and miscellaneous surety
bonds is ceded.

The  increase  in  medical   malpractice   net  premiums  earned  was  primarily
attributable  to an increase in the number of  physicians  insured,  principally
those  associated  with  mental  health,  home care,  and other  social  service
organizations,  growth in the program for psychiatrists,  greater penetration of
the Ohio physician market,  growth in the dental program endorsed by the Academy
of General Dentistry, and rate increases in Florida and other geographic areas.

Net premiums earned for the general  liability line increased  primarily because
of increases in various programs,  including social services, alarms and guards,
pest control and excess  employer's  liability.  These  increases were partially
offset by a decrease in net written  premiums  earned in the umbrella and in the
crane operator liability programs.




                                       20
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Growth  in  the  surety  net  premiums  earned  continued  in  1995,   primarily
attributable  to expanded  writings of license and permit bonds,  with bonds for
small contractors,  miscellaneous bonds, and bail bonds also showing substantial
percentage  increases.  The increase in license and permit  bonds was  primarily
attributable  to the  Company's  acquisition  in April 1994 of the  license  and
permit bond business of a California insurance agency.

Net premiums earned for the workers'  compensation line decreased primarily as a
result of decreases in the  specialty  niche program for cotton gins caused by a
weather-related  reduction in the cotton crop,  and  decreases in other  smaller
programs  due  to  the  Company's   decision  not  to  renew   accounts   deemed
unprofitable,  and decreased  required  participation  in the National  Workers'
Compensation  Reinsurance  Pools.  These  decreases  were  partially  offset  by
increases  in  workers'  compensation  premiums  written in the social  services
programs.

Net premiums earned for the other lines of business  increased  primarily due to
increased volume in commercial  package policies in the social services program,
and the recent start-up of an earthquake program. These increases were partially
offset by decreases in other miscellaneous small programs.

Net investment  income before realized  capital gains and losses increased 22.8%
due principally to increases in invested  assets  resulting from the proceeds of
the $25 million  borrowing  under a line of credit  facility,  the January  1995
commutation of certain medical malpractice reinsurance treaties, and cash inflow
from regular  operations,  partially offset by the interest charge on funds held
by the Company  for the  benefit of the  reinsurer  of the  Company's  aggregate
excess of loss reinsurance contract. Total net investment income increased 30.8%
due to the  aforementioned  increase in net investment  income and a decrease in
realized  capital  losses.  The average  annual  pre-tax  yield on  investments,
excluding  the  charge  for  funds  held  under  the  aggregate  excess  of loss
reinsurance  contract and realized  capital gains and losses,  decreased to 6.4%
from 6.6%.  This  decrease is primarily the result of generally  lower  interest
rates  available  for funds  invested  in 1994 and 1995,  and a decrease  in the
Company's holdings of higher yielding investments, as a result of maturities and
calls  for  redemption.  The  average  annual  after-tax  yield on  investments,
excluding  the  charge  for  funds  held  under  the  aggregate  excess  of loss
reinsurance  contract and realized  capital gains and losses,  decreased to 4.9%
from 5.4%, primarily for the reasons described above.

Gross  claims  adjusting  income  decreased  49.0%  primarily  as a result  of a
decrease in claim services  provided to outside  companies,  principally  Markel
Corporation.

Total revenues increased 25.8% as a result of the above.

Total expenses increased by 15.4% compared to the 25.2% increase in net premiums
earned.  Losses  and loss  adjustment  expenses ("LAE")  increased  by 7.5% as a
result of a 5.5% increase in losses and a 14.1% increase in LAE. The increase in
losses was substantially  lower than that for net premiums earned as a result of
the one-time  addition of $17.5 million to the 1994 loss reserves  applicable to
the Company's medical malpractice business in Florida, subrogation recoveries in
the  surety  line of  business  in excess  of  expectations,  favorable  reserve
development in accident  years prior to 1995 for general  liability and workers'
compensation  and  recoveries  under the  aggregate  excess of loss  reinsurance
contract which provides  coverage for certain losses and LAE in excess of 66% of
the net  earned  premium  for the  1995  accident  year.  These  decreases  were
partially  offset by carrying  higher loss and LAE ratios to premiums earned for
1995 business.  The Company also increased prior years reserves by approximately
$19.0 million, offset by subrogation  recoverable of like amount,  recognized in
conjunction  with the favorable  ruling in the New York Court of Appeals as more
fully  described in Note--C of the Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements.
The 14.1%  increase in LAE  resulted  from the  increase in loss and LAE ratios,
partially offset by a change in the line of business mix to those having a lower
percentage  relationship of LAE to losses and the allocation of recoveries under
the aggregate  excess of loss contract and the favorable court ruling  mentioned
above.  Due to the  disproportionate  relationship  of losses  and LAE to earned
premium,  the  loss  and  LAE  component  of the  GAAP  Combined  Ratio  was 9.6
percentage  points lower than in the comparable 1994 period.  The 38.7% increase
in the


                                       21
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

amortization  of policy  acquisition  costs  was  attributable  primarily  to an
increase in direct  commission  expense  resulting  from growth in programs with
higher  commission  rates,  a decrease in  reinsurance  contingent  commissions,
increased  staffing and  marketing  expenses  related to  expansion,  and salary
increases,  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in  assumed  commission  expense
resulting from the continued  decrease in assumed  written  premiums.  The 25.1%
increase in underwriting,  other expenses and interest expense was primarily the
result of the interest  expense  associated with the borrowing under the line of
credit  facility,  an  increase in the  additions  to  allowance  for bad debts,
increased  staffing,  increased  facilities,  equipment  and  materials  expense
necessitated by the Company's growth, a reduction in assessment  recoveries from
the Texas  Workers'  Compensation  Insurance  Facility,  and  salary  increases,
partially  offset by a decrease  in  policyholder  dividends.  As the  non-claim
related  component of the GAAP Combined  Ratio  increased at a greater rate than
premiums earned,  the non-claim  component was 1.7 percentage points higher than
in the comparable  1994 period.  The total GAAP Combined Ratio  decreased by 8.3
percentage points to 92.7% as a result of the above.

The  foregoing  changes  resulted in income before income taxes of $43.3 million
for the year ended 1995, a 102.9% increase from the comparable 1994 period.  Net
income  for the year  increased  by $14.2  million,  or 83.8%.  The  comparative
results  were  significantly  impacted  by the $17.5  million  addition  to loss
reserves  in the third  quarter of 1994  reflected  above,  which  resulted in a
disproportionately lower net income for the 1994 period.

Calendar Year 1994 Compared to Calendar Year 1993

A variety of factors  accounted for the 34.7% growth in net premiums  earned,  a
principal factor being a January 1994 change in a major portion of the Company's
reinsurance  ceded  arrangements.   Commencing  January  1,  1994,  the  Company
increased its risk retention level from $500,000 to $1,000,000 per occurrence on
medical malpractice,  surety, and major components of its other principal lines,
thereby  significantly  decreasing  the amounts of premiums ceded and increasing
the amount of premiums  retained.  As premiums are recognized as earned over the
term of the related policy,  the positive impact of this change on the Company's
net premiums earned was recognized increasingly throughout 1994.

The  increase  in medical  malpractice  net  premiums  earned  was  attributable
primarily to an increase in the number of  physicians  insured  associated  with
mental health, home care, and other social service organizations,  growth in the
Company's program for psychiatrists,  greater  penetration of the Ohio physician
market,  and rate  increases,  which were partially  offset by rate decreases on
dental malpractice insurance.

Growth in surety net premiums earned continued in 1994,  primarily  attributable
to expanded writings of bonds for small contractors,  bail bonds,  miscellaneous
bonds,  and license and permit  bonds.  The increase in license and permit bonds
was primarily  attributable  to the Company's  acquisition  in April 1994 of the
license and permit bond business of a California insurance agency.

Net premiums earned for the general  liability line increased  primarily because
of new programs, including cranes and excess employers' liability, and increases
in various other programs,  including  social  services,  and alarms and guards.
These increases were partially offset by decreases  resulting from the continued
decline in the number of risks covered under the liquor liability program, which
the Company has discontinued.

Net premiums earned for the workers'  compensation line decreased primarily as a
result of decreases  in the  specialty  niche  program for cotton gins and other
smaller  programs due to the  Company's  decision not to renew  accounts  deemed
unprofitable.   This  trend  is  expected  to  continue  due  to  the  continued
re-underwriting   of  the  workers'   compensation   line  and   elimination  of
unprofitable  risks.  Net premiums earned further declined by a reduction in the
required participation in the National Workers' Compensation  Reinsurance Pools,
primarily attributable to a decrease in the Company's  participation  percentage
in the pools.  These decreases were partially  offset by an increase in workers'
compensation


                                       22
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

written in the social services program.

Net premiums earned for the other lines of business  decreased  primarily due to
decreased  volume in commercial and farm package  policies and commercial  auto,
attributable to the 1993 non-renewal of the insurance  placement  agreement with
Markel  Services,  Inc. ("Markel/Rhulen"). These decreases were partially offset
by increases in commercial  package  policies in the social services program and
in accident and health policies in the excess medical stop loss program.

Net investment  income,  before realized  capital losses,  increased by 8.6% due
principally to  significant  increases in investable  assets  resulting from the
cash proceeds of a public  offering of the  Company's  Common Stock in September
1993, the January 1994  commutation of certain medical  malpractice  reinsurance
treaties,   the  decrease  in  cash  outflow  attributable  to  the  1994  ceded
reinsurance treaty changes,  and the cash inflow from regular  operations.  This
increase was partially offset by an increase in tax-advantaged  securities which
have lower pre-tax yields than taxable securities.  Total net investment income,
however,  increased  by only  2.7% due to a  significant  increase  in  realized
capital losses recognized by a short-term fund limited  partnership in which the
Company is an investor and other  short-term bond fund  investments,  which were
adversely  affected by the 1994 increase in interest  rates.  The average annual
pre-tax yield on investments,  excluding  realized capital losses,  decreased to
6.6% from 7.8%,  primarily  as the result of an  increase in the  proportion  of
tax-advantaged  investment  income to taxable  income,  compounded  by generally
lower  available   interest  rates.   The  average  annual  after-tax  yield  on
investments,  excluding realized capital losses,  decreased to 5.4% in 1994 from
6.3% in 1993, primarily as a result of generally lower available interest rates.

Gross  claims  adjusting  income  decreased  39.7%  primarily  as a result  of a
decrease  in  claim  services   provided  to  outside   companies,   principally
Markel/Rhulen,  partially offset by an increase in the rates charged for certain
services.

Total revenues increased 29.3% as a result of the above.

Total expenses increased by 45.7% compared to the 34.7% increase in net premiums
earned. Losses and loss adjustment expenses ("LAE") increased at a 42.9% rate as
a  result  of a 46.4%  increase  in  losses  and a 32.8%  increase  in LAE.  The
percentage  increase  in  losses,  which  was  substantially  greater  than  the
percentage  increase in net premiums  earned,  was primarily  attributable  to a
$17.5  million  addition to loss  reserves  in the third  quarter due to adverse
medical malpractice claims development in Florida resulting from the higher than
anticipated  dollar  settlements.  The  Company  has  taken a number of steps to
address the Florida loss experience,  including rate increases,  and the opening
of a Company claims office in Ft. Lauderdale in February 1995 staffed on a local
basis by claims  examiners and  attorneys  employed by the Company to adjust and
defend  claims.  This  increase was  partially  offset by a change in the mix of
business to other  programs  having lower loss ratios and the  reduction of some
redundant  reserves on other lines of  business.  The 32.8%  increase in LAE was
relatively  proportionate to growth in net premiums earned, and was attributable
to the  increased  volume  of  claims  resulting  from the  increased  volume of
insurance  in force.  The  increase in losses and LAE resulted in a loss and LAE
component of the GAAP Combined  Ratio 4.1  percentage  points higher than in the
comparable   prior  period.   The  52.5%  increase  in  amortization  of  policy
acquisition  costs,  underwriting,  and  other  expenses  resulted  from a 75.8%
increase in  amortization  of policy  acquisition  costs and a 23.7% increase in
underwriting  and other  expenses.  The 75.8% increase in amortization of policy
acquisition costs was attributable primarily to an increase in direct commission
expense  resulting from the growth in programs with higher  commission  rates, a
decrease  in  ceded  commissions  resulting  from the  January  1994  change  in
reinsurance  ceded  arrangements,  a decrease in  contingent  reinsurance  ceded
commissions, increased staffing and marketing expenses related to expansion, and
salary increases,  partially offset by a decrease in assumed  commission expense
resulting from the continued  decrease in assumed  written  premiums.  The 23.7%
increase  in  underwriting  and  other  expenses  was  primarily  the  result of
increased staffing,  increased facilities expenses,  and equipment and materials
expense necessitated by the Company's growth, salary increases,  and an increase
in  policyholder  dividends,  partially  offset by decreases in assessments  for
state and residual market funds.



                                       23
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Since the non-claim  related  expenses  increased at a percentage rate more than
that of net  premiums  earned,  the  non-claim  related  component  of the  GAAP
Combined  Ratio was 3.7  percentage  points  higher than in the prior year.  The
total GAAP Combined  Ratio  increased by 7.8  percentage  points to 101% for the
year.

The foregoing  changes  resulted in income  before  income taxes and  cumulative
effect of change in  accounting  for income  taxes of  $21,330,000  for 1994,  a
decrease of 29.6% from 1993. Net income for the year decreased by $6,891,000, or
28.9%, a lower percentage  change than for pre-tax income as a result of a lower
effective tax rate caused by an increase in the proportion of investment  income
which is tax preferenced.

Asset Portfolio Review

At December 31, 1995, the Company's total assets of $773.3 million was comprised
of the following: cash and investments, 72.1%; reinsurance recoverables,  10.0%;
premiums  receivable,  6.5%;  deferred  expenses (policy  acquisition  costs and
deferred federal income taxes), 5.5%; home office building and equipment,  3.6%;
and other assets, 2.3% .

The Company  generally  invests in  securities  with fixed  maturities  with the
objective of providing  reasonable  returns while limiting  liquidity and credit
risk. As a result, its investment portfolio consists primarily of government and
governmental agency securities and high-quality  marketable corporate securities
which are rated at investment  grade levels.  At December 31, 1995,  the Company
held rated, or  better-than-investment  grade,  corporate debt securities with a
carrying  amount of $521.1  million.  Those  holdings  amounted to 99.95% of the
Company's fixed maturity investments.

At December 31, 1995 and 1994, the Company's fixed maturity  securities  include
mortgage-backed bonds of $192.1 million and $57.3 million,  respectively,  which
are subject to risks  associated  with variable  prepayments  of the  underlying
mortgage  loans.  Prepayments  cause those  securities to have different  actual
maturities  than that expected at the time of purchase.  Securities that have an
amortized  cost greater than par that are backed by mortgages that prepay faster
than expected  will incur a reduction in yield or loss,  while  securities  that
have an amortized  cost less than par that are backed by  mortgages  that prepay
faster than expected  will generate an increase in yield or gain.  The degree to
which a security is  susceptible  to either gains or losses is influenced by the
difference  between its amortized cost and par, the relative  sensitivity of the
underlying  mortgages  backing the assets to prepayments in a changing  interest
rate  environment  and the repayment  priority of the  securities in the overall
securitization structure.

The Company limits the extent of its credit risk by purchasing  securities  that
are backed by stable collateral and by concentrating on securities with enhanced
priority in the  securitization  structure.  Such  securities  with reduced risk
typically  have  a  lower  yield  (but  higher   liquidity)   than   higher-risk
mortgage-backed  bonds  (i.e.,  mortgage-backed  bonds  structured  to  share in
residual cash flows or which cover only interest  payments).  At selected times,
higher-risk  securities may be purchased if they do not compromise the safety of
the  Company's  general  portfolio.  There are  negligible  default risks in the
Company's mortgage-backed bond portfolio as the vast majority of these bonds are
either guaranteed by U.S.  government-sponsored entities or are supported in the
securitization structure by junior securities resulting in the bonds having high
investment grade status.



                                       24
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

At December 31, 1995,  the following  table  provides a profile of the Company's
fixed maturity investment portfolio by rating:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Amount
                                                                      Reflected        Percent
                                                        Market           on              of
    S&P/Moody's Rating                                  Value       Balance Sheet     Portfolio
    ------------------                                  ------      -------------     ---------
                                                                 (Amounts in thousands)

<S>                                                    <C>            <C>                 <C>  
    AAA/Aaa (including U.S. Treasuries of $27,633)     $318,000       $318,000            61.0%
    AA/Aa                                                90,188         90,188            17.3
    A/A                                                  76,248         76,248            14.6
    BBB/Baa                                              36,699         36,699             7.0
    All other                                               267            267              .1
                                                       --------       --------           ----- 
                       Total                           $521,402       $521,402           100.0%
                                                       ========       ========           ===== 
</TABLE>


In December 1995, the Company reclassified all of its previously held securities
classified as held-to-maturity, to available-for-sale as permitted by the FASB's
Special  Report,  A Guide to  Implementation  of Statement 115 on Accounting for
Certain   Investments   in  Debt  and  Equities   Questions  and  Answers.   The
reclassification  increased  shareholders'  equity by $2,753,000 at December 31,
1995.

As of January 1, 1994, the Company adopted FASB Statement 115 and reclassified a
portion of its fixed maturity securities portfolio as "available-for-sale," with
the   remainder   being    classified   as    "held-to-maturity."    With   that
reclassification,     the    fixed    maturity    securities    classified    as
"available-for-sale"  are carried at fair value and changes in fair values,  net
of applicable  income taxes,  are charged or credited  directly to shareholders'
equity.  "Held-to-maturity"  securities  are  reported at  amortized  cost.  The
adoption of  Statement  115  increased  shareholders'  equity by  $3,651,000  at
January 1, 1994.

Prior to January 1, 1994, the Company  classified  fixed maturity  securities in
accordance with the then existing accounting standards and,  accordingly,  those
fixed maturity  securities  that were not intended to be  held-to-maturity  were
designated as actively  managed,  and were carried at fair value with unrealized
holding gains and losses reported in a separate caption in shareholders' equity.
Other fixed  maturity  securities  were  carried at  amortized  cost,  since the
Company had both the ability and intent to hold those securities until maturity.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company is a holding company,  receiving cash  principally  through sales of
equities, borrowings, and dividends from its subsidiaries,  certain of which are
subject  to  dividend  restrictions  described  in  Note I to  the  consolidated
financial  statements.  The ability of insurance  and  reinsurance  companies to
underwrite  insurance  and  reinsurance  is based on  maintaining  liquidity and
capital resources  sufficient to pay claims and expenses as they become due. The
primary sources of liquidity for the Company's  subsidiaries are funds generated
from insurance and reinsurance premiums,  investment income,  commission and fee
income,  capital  contributions  from the  Company and  proceeds  from sales and
maturities of portfolio investments.  The principal expenditures are for payment
of losses and LAE, underwriting and other operating expenses,  commissions,  and
dividends to shareholders and policyholders.

The  Company's  subsidiaries  maintain  liquid  operating  positions  and follow
investment  guidelines that are intended to provide for an acceptable  return on
investment while preserving capital,  maintaining  sufficient  liquidity to meet
their obligations, and as to the Company's insurance subsidiaries, maintaining a
sufficient  margin of capital and surplus to ensure their unimpaired  ability to
write insurance and assume reinsurance.



                                       25
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Cash flow generated from operations for 1995, 1994, and 1993 was $105.0 million,
$81.9 million, and $51.2 million, respectively,  amounts adequate to meet all of
the Company's obligations.

In  January  1993,  1994,  and 1995,  investment  funds were  increased  by $9.2
million,  $9.0 million and $3.9 million,  respectively,  from the commutation of
the 1989, 1990, and 1991 treaty years under the medical malpractice  reinsurance
treaties,  resulting  in the receipt of $5.4  million,  $6.1  million,  and $3.9
million, respectively, in cash and a concomitant increase in reserves for unpaid
losses and LAE,  with the balance  received  from the  collection  of contingent
commissions earned by the Company for the 1994 and 1993 treaty years.

In September  1993,  the Company sold 2.097 million  shares of Common Stock in a
public offering  realizing net proceeds of approximately  $58.9 million,  all of
which  was  added  to the  Company's  working  capital  to be used  for  general
corporate purposes,  including contributions to the statutory surplus of its two
insurance  company  subsidiaries to expand their capacity to write insurance and
for the possible acquisitions of insurance related lines and/or businesses.

In April  1994,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of Spencer  Douglass
Insurance  Associates,  Inc.,  a  California  license and permit bond  insurance
agency, for $3.2 million and entered into a five-year  consulting agreement with
the  owner/principal of the agency.  Personnel of the agency involved in placing
and  servicing  the  acquired  business  have become  employees  of the Company,
operating  from their  respective  locations in Phoenix,  Arizona;  Reno and Las
Vegas, Nevada; and San Jose, Orange County and La Jolla, California. All new and
renewal  policies with respect to the  approximately $5 to $6 million of license
and permit bond business acquired are issued by the Company.

In May 1995,  the  Company  and R.  Spencer  Douglas  III  ("Douglass") formed a
California   limited   liability   corporation,    Douglass/Frontier,    LLC   (
Douglass/Frontier  ), a bail bond insurance agency.  The company made an initial
cash  investment  of  $2,400,000  and  Douglass  contributed  the  assets of his
wholly-owned  existing bail bond agency.  The Company and Douglass share equally
in the ownership of Douglass/Frontier.

On June 29, 1995, the Company  obtained a 4 1/2 year, $35 million line of credit
facility  from The Bank of New York,  under which it borrowed  $25 million at an
interest  rate of 6.87% per annum,  payable  quarterly.  The  bank's  commitment
reduces by $5 million at the end of each of 1996, 1997, and 1998, and expires at
the end of 1999. The Company has no other outstanding debt.

As a  result  of a  review  by  AM  Best  of  Frontier  Insurance  Company's  A-
(Excellent)  rating,  the  Company  agreed  with AM  Best to make a $45  million
capital infusion to Frontier Insurance Company by June 30, 1995 in order to fund
its projected growth and retain its A- rating.  At June 30, 1995 the Company had
completed the $45 million  capital  infusion,  utilizing a combination  of funds
previously held by the Company and loan proceeds from The Bank of New York loan.

In November 1995, the Company acquired the realtors,  errors, and omissions book
of business from Bankers Multiple Line Insurance Company ("BMLIC"). The purchase
price was $400,000 with $200,000 remitted the date of closing, and an additional
$200,000 due January 15, 1997,  with  downward  adjustments  possible if certain
commitments  are not kept.  The  personnel  of BMLIC  involved  in  placing  and
servicing the acquired  business  have become  employees of the Company and will
continue to operate from their location in Louisville, Kentucky.

In March 1992,  the Company  commenced  quarterly cash dividend  payments.  Cash
dividends  declared  in 1995,  1994 and 1993 were  $6,200,000,  $6,000,000,  and
$4,400,000, respectively.

On November  10, 1994,  the Company  authorized  a stock  repurchase  program to
purchase up to 1,000,000  shares of its Common Stock at such times and prices as
the  Company  deems  advantageous,  in  compliance  with SEC Rule  10b-18 at the
discretion of the Chairman of the Board. There is no commitment or obligation on
the part of the Company to purchase any particular number of shares, and



                                       26
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

the program may be suspended at any time at the  Company's  discretion.  In 1995
and 1994, in conjunction  with this  repurchase  program,  the Company  acquired
6,000 and 35,400  shares of Common  Stock at a cost of  $134,000  and  $654,000,
respectively.


Reinsurance

Effective  January 1, 1995, the Company has entered into a stop loss reinsurance
contract with Centre Reinsurance  Company of New York ("Centre Re") for accident
years 1995 and  future.  Under the terms of the  agreement,  Centre Re  provides
reinsurance  protection  within  certain  accident  year and contract  aggregate
dollar  limits for losses  and LAE in excess of a  predetermined  ratio of these
expenses  to net  premiums  earned  for a given  accident  year for all lines of
business except bail,  customs,  license and permit,  and  miscellaneous  surety
bonds. The loss and LAE ratio above which the reinsurance  provides  coverage is
66%,  65%,  and  64%,  respectively,  for  accident  years  1995  through  1997,
respectively. The maximum amount recoverable for an accident year is 175% of the
reinsurance premium paid for the accident year, or $162,500,000 in the aggregate
for the three years.

Litigation with the State of New York

In  December  1990,  the New York State  Court of Claims  rendered a decision in
favor of the  Company  holding  that a State  University  of New  York  ("SUNY")
medical school faculty member engaged in the clinical  practice of medicine at a
SUNY medical facility,  corollary to such physician's  faculty  activities,  was
within  the  scope of such  physician's  employment  by SUNY  and was  protected
against malpractice claims arising out of such activity by the State of New York
and not under  the  Company's  medical  malpractice  policy.  The  decision  was
affirmed on appeal by the New York State Appellate Division in November 1991 and
not  appealed  by the  State.  In July  1992,  the  State  of New  York  enacted
legislation  eliminating  medical school faculty  members of SUNY engaged in the
clinical practice of medicine at a SUNY medical facility from indemnification by
the State with  respect to  malpractice  claims  arising  out of such  activity,
retroactive  to July 1, 1991. In an opinion filed on September 3, 1993 the Court
of  Claims  of the  State of New  York  held,  inter  alia,  that the July  1992
legislation  by the State of New York  eliminating  SUNY medical  school faculty
members  engaged  in the  clinical  practice  of  medicine,  as  part  of  their
employment  by  SUNY,  from   indemnification  by  the  State  with  respect  to
malpractice  claims  arising  out  of  such  activity,  was  not  to be  applied
retroactively.  This  decision  was  affirmed  by the New York  State  Appellate
Division in April 1994.  Subsequently,  in February 1995, the Appellate Division
granted  leave to  Frontier  and the  State of New  York to have the  issues  of
Frontier's  entitlement  to  recover  its  costs  of  defense  and its  costs of
settlement ruled on by the State's highest Court, the New York Court of Appeals.
In  December  1995,  the New York  Court of  Appeals  ruled  on this  issue  and
concluded  that  Frontier  was  entitled to  recoveries  from the State for such
medical malpractice  claims. As a result of this decision,  the Company believes
the  above-referenced  decisions  are  controlling  precedents  and that it will
benefit  economically  by not being  ultimately  responsible  for certain claims
against SUNY physicians for whom it presently  carries  reserves and be entitled
to  reimbursement  of certain claims  previously  paid;  accordingly,  effective
December 31, 1995, Frontier recorded a subrogation  recoverable of approximately
$19,000,000  representing  the amount of claims  already  paid and the  reserves
currently  held  by  Frontier  on  open  cases  that  management   believes  are
reimbursable  by the State of New York.  To the  extent  that the  amount of the
actual  recovery  varies,  such  difference  will  be  reported  in  the  period
recognized. The Company is continuing to defend all SUNY faculty members against
malpractice claims that have been asserted and is maintaining  reserves therefor
adjusted for the anticipated recoveries.

Regulation

In its ongoing effort to improve solvency  regulation,  the National Association
of Insurance  Commissioners ("NAIC") and individual  states have enacted certain
laws and financial  statement  changes.  The NAIC has adopted Risk-Based Capital
("RBC") requirements for  property/casualty  insurance companies to evaluate the
adequacy of statutory capital and surplus in relation to investment



                                       27
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

and insurance  risks such as asset quality,  mortality and morbidity,  asset and
liability  matching,  benefit  and loss  reserve  adequacy,  and other  business
factors.  The RBC formula will be used by state insurance regulators as an early
warning  tool to  identify,  for the purpose of  initiating  regulatory  action,
insurance companies that potentially are inadequately capitalized.  In addition,
the formula  defines new minimum  capital  standards  that will  supplement  the
current  system of low fixed  minimum  capital  and  surplus  requirements  on a
state-by-state  basis.  Regulatory  compliance  is  determined by a ratio of the
enterprise's  regulatory total adjusted capital,  as defined by the NAIC, to its
authorized  control level RBC, as defined by the NAIC.  Companies below specific
trigger points or ratios are classified  within  certain  levels,  each of which
requires specific corrective action. The levels and ratios are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Ratio of Total Adjusted Capital to
                                                       Authorized Control Level RBC
                   Regulatory Event                       (Less Than or Equal to)
               ------------------------             ----------------------------------
               <S>                                                    <C>
               Company action level                                   2*
               Regulatory action level                                1.5
               Authorized control level                               1
               Mandatory control level                                0.7
</TABLE>

               *Or, 2.5 with negative trend.

The ratios of Total  Adjusted  Capital to  Authorized  Control Level RBC for the
Company's insurance  subsidiaries were all in excess of 3:1 at both December 31,
1995 and 1994.

Similarly,  the NAIC has proposed a new Model Investment Law that may affect the
statutory carrying values of certain investments;  however, the final outcome of
this  proposal is not  certain,  nor is it  possible to predict  what impact the
proposal will have on the Company in the event it is adopted.

The thrust of these regulatory  efforts at all levels is to improve the solvency
of insurers.  These regulatory  initiatives,  and the overall focus on solvency,
may intensify the  restructuring  and  consolidation of the insurance  industry.
While the impact of these regulatory efforts on the Company's  operations cannot
be  quantified  until  enacted,  the  Company  believes  it will  be  adequately
positioned to compete in an environment of more stringent regulation.

Impact of Inflation

Property and casualty  insurance  premiums are established  before the amount of
losses and LAE, or the extent to which  inflation may affect such expenses,  are
known.  Consequently,  the Company  attempts,  in establishing its premiums,  to
anticipate  the potential  impact of inflation.  However,  for  competitive  and
regulatory  reasons,  the  Company  may  be  limited  in  raising  its  premiums
commensurate with anticipated inflation, in which event the Company, rather than
its insureds,  would absorb inflation costs.  Inflation also affects the rate of
investment  return on the Company's  investment  portfolio with a  corresponding
effect on the Company's investment income.

Environmental Issues

Although the Company believes that the classes of insurance which it underwrites
have no material  exposure to environmental  pollution  claims,  there can be no
such assurance in view of the expansion of liability for environmental claims in
recent litigation.

Shareholder Litigation

The Company  has been  served with  several  purported  class  actions  alleging
violations  of  federal  securities  laws by the Company and, in some cases,  by
certain of its officers and directors; certain other


                                       28
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

actions  also  allege violations of the common law. The complaints relate to the
Company's November 8, 1994  announcement of its  third-quarter financial results
and  allege  that the  Company  previously  had  omitted  and/or  misrepresented
material facts with respect to its earnings and profits.  The  Company  believes
the  suits  are without  merit and has retained special legal counsel to contest
them vigorously.


Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

         See Index to Financial Statements on Page F-1.

Item 9.  Changes  in  and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
         Financial Disclosure.

         None.



                                       29
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                             PART III


Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

The  following  table  lists each  director  and each  executive  officer of the
Company, together with his age and office(s) held:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Name                             Age                           Office
- --------------------                    ---             -----------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>                                
Walter A. Rhulen                        64              President and Chairman of the Board
Peter L. Rhulen                         57              Vice President and Director
Dennis F. Plante                        50              Vice President - Finance and Treasurer
Harry W. Rhulen                         32              Vice President
Thomas J. Dietz                         54              Vice President
Linda Markovits                         47              Vice President - Investor Relations
Peter H. Foley                          48              Vice President - Mergers and Acquisitions
Lawrence E. O'Brien                     55              Director
Douglas C. Moat                         64              Director
Alan Gerry                              67              Director
</TABLE>

      Walter A. Rhulen has been the  President  and Chairman of the Board of the
Company since  commencement  of its operations in July 1986 and the President of
Frontier  Insurance  since 1976.  Mr.  Rhulen was also the  President  of Rhulen
Agency,  a position he held for more than 22 years,  which office he resigned in
1986. Mr. Rhulen, a chartered property and casualty underwriter (CPCU), has more
than 40 years experience in the insurance business.

      Peter L.  Rhulen has been a Vice  President  and  director  of the Company
since  commencement  of its  operations  in July  1986 and a Vice  President  of
Frontier  Insurance  since  1976.  Mr.  Rhulen was  formerly  Vice  Chairman  of
Markel/Rhulen,  a position he held from October 1989 to September  1992, and now
acts as an independent insurance consultant. Mr. Rhulen is also Vice Chairman of
the Board and President of RAI Partners,  Inc.  (formerly Rhulen Agency), a firm
of which he has been an executive  officer for more than 25 years and which firm
is winding down its business affairs after the sale of substantially  all of its
assets to Markel/Rhulen.  Mr. Rhulen devotes only minimal time to the affairs of
the Company in his capacity as Vice President.

      Dennis F. Plante has been the Vice  President-Finance and Treasurer of the
Company since  commencement  of its operations in July 1986 and is the Treasurer
of Frontier Insurance,  a position he has held since October 1983. Mr. Plante, a
certified public accountant, received an MBA degree from the University of Texas
at San  Antonio,  and  has  more  than 23  years'  experience  in the  insurance
business.

      Harry W. Rhulen has been a Vice  President of the Company  since June 1990
and an employee of the Company  since June 1989.  For four years prior  thereto,
Mr. Rhulen was a graduate student at Syracuse University,  where he received his
MBA and JD degrees in 1989.

      Thomas J. Dietz has been a Vice  President of the Company  since July 1990
and the  President of Med Pro since its  inception  in 1986.  For more than five
years prior thereto, Mr. Dietz was a Vice President of Medical Quadrangle, Inc.,
an  insurance  agency  which acted as a broker to the Company  through  February
1987.  Mr. Dietz,  a CPCU,  has more than 28 years'  experience in the insurance
business.



                                       30
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

      Linda  Markovits  has been an  employee of the  Company  since  1987,  was
elected an Assistant Vice President in January 1989 and a Vice President in June
1993. Ms. Markovits has 17 years of experience in the insurance  business and is
an Associate in Management (AIM) and an Accredited Advisor in Insurance (AAI).


      Peter H. Foley has been a Vice President and employee of the Company since
June  1995.  For more than 22 years'  prior  thereto,  Mr.  Foley  held  various
executive  officer  positions  within  the  insurance  industry,  as  well  as a
principal in his own  consulting  firm.  Mr. Foley  received his MBA degree from
Fairleigh Dickinson University in Madison, New Jersey.

      Lawrence E. O'Brien has been a director of the Company since June 1990 and
a member of the Audit  Committee  since that date. Mr.  O'Brien,  a CPCU, is the
President of O'Brien Management Company,  Inc., an insurance  consulting firm, a
position  he has held since  January  1988,  and  co-founder  and a director  of
Underwriter  Management  Associates,  a managing  general  insurance agency with
which he had been  associated  since  its  inception  in 1983  until its sale in
September  1990.  From 1976 to 1987, Mr. O'Brien was Executive Vice President of
Associated  Risk  Managers,  a New York  statewide  affiliation  of  independent
insurance agents marketing specialized insurance programs.

      Douglas C. Moat has been a director of the Company since August 1991 and a
member of the Audit Committee since that date. Mr. Moat, a JD, CLU, and FLMI, is
Chairman of the Manhattan Group, Inc., an insurance and financial services firm.
Mr. Moat has over 40 years' experience in insurance and financial services sales
and management including 13 years as a private consultant. During his career, he
has held  positions  as Executive  Vice  President,  The Home Group;  Director -
Financial Services Corporate Staff, ITT Corp.; Vice President, USLIFE Corp., and
President of USLIFE's mutual fund  subsidiary;  Vice President,  The Glens Falls
Group and the National Life Assurance Company of Canada. Mr. Moat is a member of
the  New  York  Bar  Association,   serves  on  several  insurance  and  banking
committees,  and writes and speaks extensively on insurance topics, often acting
as an expert witness.

      Alan Gerry was elected a director of the Company in March 1996.  Mr. Gerry
is the  founder  of  Cablevision  Industries  Corporation,  the  eighth  largest
multiple  cable  system  operator in the United  States and its  Chairman of the
Board  and  Chief   Executive   Officer   until  its  merger  with  Time  Warner
Entertainment  in January 1996.  Mr. Gerry is a member of the Board of Directors
of Time Warner  Entertainment,  the National Cable Television  Association,  and
C-SPAN,  the industry  public  affairs  programming  network.  He was a founding
member of the Board of the Cable  Alliance for Education and is a past President
of the New York State Cable Television Association.

                              -------------------

      Messrs. Walter A. Rhulen and Peter L. Rhulen are brothers and Mr. Harry W.
Rhulen is the son of Walter A. Rhulen.

All  directors  hold office until the next annual  meeting of  shareholders  and
until their successors are elected and qualified.  Officers are elected annually
and serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors,  subject to rights, if any,
under contracts of employment.


                                       31
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The following table sets forth a summary of the compensation  1995 earned by the
Company's  Chief Executive  Officer and by each other  executive  officers whose
compensation  during  such year  exceeded  $100,000  as well as similar  summary
information for such individuals for 1995 and 1994.

                                    Summary Compensation Table

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Long-Term
                              Annual Compensation     Compensation
                              -------------------        Awards
 Name and                                                ------
 Principal                      Salary       Bonus                           All Other
 Position           Year         ($)          ($)        Options (#)    Compensation($)(1)
- ----------          ----        -------      -----       -----------    ------------------
<S>                 <C>       <C>           <C>            <C>       <C>        <C>   
Walter A. Rhulen    1995      500,000       296,900             --              23,400
 President          1994      500,000            --             --              27,300
 and Chairman       1993      500,000       200,000        375,000(2)(3)        26,600

Thomas J. Dietz     1995      215,000        35,400             --              16,300
 Vice President     1994      215,000            --             --              15,000
                    1993      182,500       109,900         67,500(2)           19,000

Dennis F. Plante    1995      136,300        23,500          2,500(4)           14,600
Vice President      1994      129,000        10,000             --              13,800
and Treasurer       1993      125,300        25,700          1,650(5)           10,300

Harry W. Rhulen     1995      105,000        23,900          2,500(4)           10,000
 Vice President     1994       90,000        10,000             --               9,200
                    1993       80,800        16,500          2,475(5)            6,600

Peter H. Foley      1995       77,900        45,300         10,000(6)            3,600
Vice President      1994           --            --             --                  --
                    1993           --            --             --                  --
</TABLE>

(1) Represents the allocable  amount accrued for  contribution by the Company to
    its  profit  sharing  plan  and  the  allocable   amount  of  the  Company's
    contribution   to  its  401K  plan.  The  allocable   amount,   accrued  for
    contribution  to the Company's  profit  sharing plan for Messrs.  W. Rhulen,
    Dietz,  Plante,  and  H.  Rhulen,  was  $8,700,  $8,700,$8,700  and  $6,200,
    respectively,  and the allocable  amount  contributed  to the Company's 401K
    Plan for Messrs. W. Rhulen, Dietz, Plante, H. Rhulen, and Foley was $14,600,
    $7,600, $5,900 $3,900, and $3,600, respectively.

(2) Exercisable  at an  exercise  price of $50.00 per share at any time  through
    December 31, 1999 provided the optionee is in the then employ of the Company
    or has continuously been so employed through December 31, 1997, if exercised
    thereafter.  In the  event  the  optionee  dies  while in the  employ of the
    Company, or the Company is acquired, the option automatically is modified so
    that 25% of the shares  subject  thereto  become  exercisable  at $34.67 per
    share  subsequent to November 5, 1994,  with an additional  25%  exercisable
    cumulatively   annually   thereafter  at  exercise   prices   increasing  by
    approximately $8.00 per share for each 25% tranche.

(3) As permitted by the terms of the option, Mr. Rhulen transferred his option
    to his children on December 30, 1993.

(4) Exercisable  cumulatively  at the rate of 25% of the underlying  shares per
    year, commencing March 3, 1996.

(5) Exercisable  cumulatively  at the rate of 25% of the  underlying  shares per
    year, commencing June 18, 1994.

(6) Exercisable  cumulatively  at the rate of 25% of the underlying  shares per
    year, commencing June 5, 1996.

                              -------------------
                                       32
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

    The  following  table  presents  the value of  unexercised  options  held at
December 31, 1995 by the individuals named in the Summary Compensation Table:



                                      Options Value Table

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Value of
                                         Number of                      Unexercised
                                        Unexercised                    In-the-Money
                                          Options                         Options
                                      at Year-End (#)                 at Year-End ($)*
                                     Exercisable (E)/                 Exercisable (E)/
        Name                         Unexercisable (U)               Unexercisable (U)
- -----------------                    -----------------               -----------------

<S>                                     <C>                              <C>        
Walter A. Rhulen                            --                               --

Thomas J. Dietz                          74,642 (E)                      163,900 (E)

Dennis F. Plante                          1,450 (E)                       10,900 (E)
                                          2,700 (U)                       20,900 (U)

Harry W. Rhulen                          95,612 (E) (1)                   12,900 (E)
                                          3,113 (U)                       26,900 (U)

Peter H. Foley                           10,000 (U)                       75,000 (U)

</TABLE>
- --------------

*   Values are calculated by subtracting the exercise price from the fair market
    value of the Common Stock at year-end.

(1) Includes  93,750  shares  purchasable  at $50.00 per share upon  exercise of
    options granted to Mr. Walter A. Rhulen, his father, and gifted to Mr. Harry
    W. Rhulen by his father.

                              -------------------

    Mr. Harry W. Rhulen is the son of Mr. Walter A. Rhulen



                                       33
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The following table sets forth as of the Record Date the beneficial ownership of
the  Company's  Common  Stock by (i) each  person  known by the  Company  to own
beneficially  five percent or more of such shares,  (ii) each  director,  all of
whom are  nominees  for  election as a director,  (iii) each person named in the
Summary  Compensation Table under "Executive  Compensation" on page 21, and (iv)
all directors and executive officers as a group,  together with their respective
percentage ownership of the outstanding shares:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Amount and Nature of
                                                    Beneficial Ownership
                                    ----------------------------------------------------
                                    Currently           Acquirable            Percent of
Name and Address                     Owned           Within 60 Days (1)       Outstanding
- ----------------                   ----------        ------------------       -----------

<S>                                 <C>                  <C>                      <C>
Walter A. Rhulen (2).........       926,349(3)                --                   7.1
Peter L. Rhulen (2)..........       915,528(4)                --                   7.0
Lawrence E. O'Brien..........        42,175                  625                    *
Douglas C. Moat..............           893               10,153                    *
Alan Gerry                               --                   --                    *
Thomas J. Dietz..............        68,095               67,500                   1.0
Harry W. Rhulen..............        89,470(5)            95,612 (6)               1.4
Dennis F. Plante.............        37,676                1,450                    *
Peter H. Foley                           --                   --                    *
Estate of Jesse M. Farrow (2)       900,523                   --                  6.9
Denver Investment Advisors LLC
  1225 - 17th Street, 26th Floor
  Denver, CO  80202..........     1,190,007(7)               --                   9.1
Wellington Management Company
  75 State Street
  Boston, MA 02109...........       672,840(8)               --                   5.1
All directors and executive
  officers as a group (9 persons) 2,090,800             177,952                  17.4
</TABLE>

- --------------

* Less than 1%

(1) Reflects  number of  shares of Common  Stock  acquirable  upon  exercise  of
    options.

(2) Address is 195 Lake Louise Marie Road, Rock Hill, NY 12775-8000

(3) Does not include 4,192 shares of Common Stock owned by the wife of Walter A.
    Rhulen, the beneficial ownership of which Mr. Rhulen disclaims.

(4) Does not include 12,015 shares of Common Stock owned by the wife of Peter L.
    Rhulen and 30,000 shares of Common Stock owned by a charitable foundation of
    which Mr. Rhulen acts as trustee.  Mr. Rhulen disclaims beneficial ownership
    of the aforementioned shares.

(5) Includes 3,086 shares owned by a daughter of Mr. Harry W. Rhulen for whom he
    acts as custodian  under the Uniform  Gifts to Minors Act.  Does not include
    5,879  shares of Common  Stock  owned by Mr.  Rhulen's  wife as to which Mr.
    Rhulen disclaims beneficial ownership.

(6) Includes  93,750  shares  purchasable  at $50.00 per share upon  exercise of
    options granted to Mr. Walter A. Rhulen, his father, and gifted to Mr. Harry
    W. Rhulen by his father.

(7) Information  is from  Schedule  13G,  dated  March 6, 1996,  filed by Denver
    Investment  Advisors,  LLC, which  reflects  shared  dispositive  power with
    respect to 1,190,007 shares.

(8) Information  is from a  Schedule  13G,  dated  January  31,  1996,  filed by
    Wellington Management Company,  which reflects shared dispositive power with
    respect to 672,840 shares.


                                       34
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

           See "Item 1.  Business--Relationship with Markel/Rhulen."


                                     PART IV


Item 14.   Exhibits, Financial Statements, Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K


           (a)   List of documents filed as part of this Report.

                 (1), (2) Financial Statements and Schedules.

                        See Index to Financial Statements on page F-1.

                 (3) The list of exhibits  required to be filed with this Report
                     is set forth in the Index to Exhibits herein.

           (b)   Reports on Form 8-K.

                 None.

           (c)   Exhibits.

                 See Index to Exhibits

                                       35
<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

                   ITEM 8, ITEM 14(a)(1) and (2), (c), and (d)

                   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

         LIST OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

                                CERTAIN EXHIBITS

                          FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

                         FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

                               ROCK HILL, NEW YORK




<PAGE>
<PAGE>

FORM 10-K--ITEM 14(a)(1) AND (2)

FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

LIST OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES


The  following  consolidated  financial  statements  and  supplementary  data of
Frontier Insurance Group, Inc. and subsidiaries are included in Item 8:


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Consolidated Balance Sheets--December 31, 1995 and 1994......................................F-  3
Consolidated Statements of Income--Years Ended
    December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993........................................................F-  5
Consolidated Statements of Capital--Years Ended
    December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993........................................................F-  6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows--Years Ended
    December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993........................................................F-  7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...................................................F-  8
Supplemental Data--Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)...............................F- 28

The following  consolidated  financial statement schedules of Frontier Insurance
Group, Inc. and subsidiaries are included in Item 14(d):

Schedule I    --Summary of Investments--Other than Investments in Related Parties............F- 29
Schedule III  --Condensed Financial Information of Registrant................................F- 30
Schedule IV --Reinsurance....................................................................F- 33
Schedule V  --Valuation and Qualifying Accounts..............................................F- 34
Schedule VI --Supplemental Information Concerning
                          Property/Casualty Insurance Operations.............................F- 35

</TABLE>


All other schedules to the consolidated financial statements required by Article
7 of  Regulation  S-X are not  required  under the related  instructions  or are
inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.


                                      F-1
<PAGE>
<PAGE>





                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


Board of Directors and Shareholders
Frontier Insurance Group, Inc.



We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Frontier
Insurance Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the
related consolidated  statements of income,  capital, and cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1995. Our audits also included
the  financial  statement  schedules  listed in the Index at Item  14(a).  These
financial  statements  and  schedules  are the  responsibility  of the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements and schedules based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of
Frontier  Insurance Group,  Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 1995 and 1994,
and the  consolidated  results of their operations and their cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1995,  in  conformity  with
generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Also, in our opinion,  the related
financial  statement  schedules,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic
financial  statements taken as a whole,  present fairly in all material respects
the information set forth therein.

As described in Note B to the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the Company
made certain accounting changes in 1994 and 1993.


                                             /S/     Ernst & Young LLP


New York, New York
March 15, 1996


                                      F-2

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                     ASSETS
                          (dollar amounts in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          December 31
                                                                   ------------------------
                                                                   1995                1994
                                                                   ----                ----
<S>                                                              <C>                  <C>    
Investments--Note H:
Fixed maturities, held to maturity--
         principally at amortized cost
         (market: 1994--$190,875)                                                    $202,129
Securities, available for sale--at fair value
      Fixed maturities (amortized cost:
       1995--$510,056; 1994--$149,846)                           $521,402             143,956
      Equity securities (cost: 1995--$20,132;
       1994--$52,458)                                              21,024              48,646
      Short-term investments--(principal
           balances which approximate fair value)                   7,353              12,887
Investment in limited liability corporation                         2,935
                                                                  --------           --------
        TOTAL INVESTMENTS                                         552,714             407,618
Cash                                                                5,115               6,362
Agents' balances due, less
    allowances for doubtful accounts
    (1995--$3,346; 1994--$2,132)                                   25,779              20,909
Premiums receivable from insureds,
      less allowances for doubtful accounts
      (1995--$45; 1994--$105)                                      24,177              20,222
Deferred federal income tax benefit--Note E                        23,627              30,767
Accrued investment income                                           7,458               5,078
Deferred policy acquisition costs                                  18,797              13,213
Net reinsurance recoverables less
     allowances for possible uncollectible
     amounts (1995--$115; 1994--$115)                              76,955              54,779
Data processing equipment and software--
     at cost, less accumulated depreciation
     and amortization (1995--$2,259;
     1994--$1,747)                                                  1,434               1,618
Insurance renewal and claims adjusting
     rights and other intangible assets,
     less accumulated amortization
     (1995--$2,370; 1994--$1,525)                                   3,082               3,295
Home office building and equipment--
     at cost, less accumulated depreciation
     (1995--$5,031; 1994--$3,103)                                  28,043              27,403
Federal income taxes recoverable                                      217                 246
Other assets                                                        5,950               7,607
                                                                  --------           --------
        TOTAL ASSETS                                              $773,348           $599,117
                                                                  ========           ========
</TABLE>


See notes to the consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-3

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS--Continued
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                             LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL
                (dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              December 31
                                                                     -------------------------
                                                                     1995                 1994
                                                                     ----                 ----
<S>                                                                <C>                  <C>     
LIABILITIES
   Policy liabilities--Notes C and D:
     Unpaid losses                                              $309,164             $266,261
     Unpaid loss adjustment expenses                                 58,272               46,376
     Unearned premiums                                              107,282               81,224
                                                                   --------             --------
      TOTAL POLICY LIABILITIES                                      474,718              393,861

      Note payable - Note F                                          25,000
      Funds withheld under reinsurance contract                      28,226                  647
      Cash dividend payable to shareholders                           1,568                1,563
      Other liabilities                                              14,103               12,782
                                                                   --------             --------
TOTAL LIABILITIES                                                   543,615              408,853

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES--Note L

CAPITAL--Notes A, G, I, and J
   Preferred Stock, par value $.01
        per share; authorized and
        unissued--1,000,000 shares
   Common Stock, par value $.01 per share;
        authorized--20,000,000 shares; issued
        (1995--13,062,501 shares; 1994--13,021,058 shares)              130                  130
   Additional paid-in capital                                       167,587              167,209
   Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
        of investments in available-for-sale
        securities--Note H                                            7,955               (6,307)
   Retained earnings                                                 54,849               29,886
                                                                   --------             --------
        SUBTOTAL                                                    230,521              190,918

   Less Treasury Stock--at cost (1995--41,400 shares;
     1994--35,400 shares)                                              (788)                (654)
                                                                   --------             --------
        TOTAL CAPITAL                                               229,733              190,264
                                                                   --------             --------
        TOTAL LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL                              $773,348             $599,117
                                                                   ========             ========

See notes to the consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>

                                      F-4

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                (dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Year Ended December 31
                                                      ----------------------
                                                       1995             1994             1993
                                                       ----             ----             ----
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>              <C>     
REVENUES--Note D
  Premiums written                                   $264,314         $198,892         $148,750
  Premiums ceded                                      (43,557)         (11,604)         (29,931)
                                                     --------         --------         --------
           NET PREMIUMS WRITTEN                       220,757          187,288          118,819
  Increase in unearned premiums                       (24,537)         (30,533)          (2,447)
                                                     --------         --------         --------
          NET PREMIUMS EARNED                         196,220          156,755          116,372
  Net investment income                                30,035           24,453           22,523
  Realized capital gains (losses)                          20           (1,478)            (152)
                                                     --------         --------         --------
          TOTAL NET INVESTMENT
             INCOME--Note H                            30,055           22,975           22,371
  Gross claims adjusting income--Note B                   130              255              424
                                                     --------         --------         --------
                 TOTAL REVENUES                       226,405          179,985          139,167
EXPENSES
  Losses--Notes C and D                                89,422           84,777           57,890
  Loss adjustment expenses--Notes C and D              29,833           26,141           19,691
  Amortization of policy acquisition
     costs--Note B                                     42,258           30,463           17,327
  Underwriting and other expenses                      20,717           17,274           13,966
  Interest expense                                        895
                                                     --------         --------         --------
           TOTAL EXPENSES                             183,125          158,655          108,874
                                                     --------         --------         --------
  INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES  AND
   CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF CHANGE
   IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE                             43,280           21,330           30,293
Income taxes--Note E
   State                                                1,173              554            1,111
   Federal                                             10,896            3,796            6,019
                                                     --------         --------         --------
                   TOTAL INCOME TAXES                  12,069            4,350            7,130
                                                     --------         --------         --------

   INCOME BEFORE CUMULATIVE
      EFFECT OF CHANGE IN
      ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE                             31,211           16,980           23,163

    CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF CHANGE
      IN METHOD OF ACCOUNTING
      FOR INCOME TAXES                                                                      708
                                                     --------         --------         --------
                   NET INCOME                        $ 31,211         $ 16,980         $ 23,871
                                                     ========         ========         ========

PER SHARE DATA--Note M
   Income per share, before cumulative
     effect of accounting change                        $2.40            $1.31            $2.03
   Cumulative effect of accounting change                                                   .06
                                                        -----            -----            -----
                  NET INCOME PER SHARE                  $2.40            $1.31            $2.09
                                                        =====            =====            =====
</TABLE>

See notes to the consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5

<PAGE>
<PAGE>





CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CAPITAL

FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Three Years Ended December 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Net Unrealized
                                                                          Appreciation
                                                                         (Depreciation)
                                                             Additional  of Investments in
                                                   Common      Paid-in   Available-for-Sale    Retained      Treasury       Total
                                                   Stock       Capital  and Equity Securities  Earnings        Stock       Capital
                                                   ------      -------  ---------------------  --------      --------      -------
                                                                (dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)
<S>                                                <C>         <C>         <C>                 <C>             <C>        <C>     
Balances at  January 1, 1993                       $  66       $78,234     $     193           $28,256                    $106,749
 Add (deduct):
   Net income                                                                                   23,871                      23,871
   10% Common Stock dividends                          6        28,871                         (28,877)
   Stock options exercised                                         328                                                         328
   Depreciation in equity securities (net of tax)                               (138)                                         (138)
   Issuance of 1,408,000 shares of Common Stock       14        59,230                                                      59,244
   Cash dividends paid and accrued ($.40 per share)                                             (4,360)                     (4,360)
                                                    ----      --------       -------           -------        -----       --------
Balances at December 31, 1993                         86       166,663            55            18,890                     185,694

 Add (deduct):
   Net income                                                                                   16,980                      16,980
   Expenses associated with 1993 issuance
        of 1,408,000 shares of Common Stock                        (47)                                                        (47)
   3 for 2 Stock split                                43           (43)
   Purchase of 35,400 shares as Treasury Stock                                                                $(654)          (654)
   Stock options exercised                             1           636                                                         637
   Cumulative effect of change in accounting
     principle -- Note B                                                       3,651                                         3,651
   Depreciation in available-for-sale
      securities (net of tax)                                                (10,013)                                      (10,013)
   Cash dividends paid and accrued ($.46 per share)                                             (5,984)                     (5,984)
                                                    ----      --------       -------           -------        -----       --------
Balances at December 31, 1994                        130       167,209        (6,307)           29,886         (654)       190,264
                                                    ----      --------       -------           -------        -----       --------
 Add (deduct):
   Net income                                                                                   31,211                      31,211
   Purchase of 6,000 shares as Treasury Stock                                                                  (134)          (134)
   Stock options exercised                                         378                                                         378
   Transfer of securities to available-for-sale
     (net of tax) - Note B                                                     2,753                                         2,753
   Appreciation in available-for-sale
     securities (net of tax)                                                  11,509                                        11,509
   Cash dividends paid and accrued ($.48 per share)                                             (6,248)                     (6,248)

                                                    ----      --------       -------           -------        -----       --------
Balances at December 31, 1995                       $130      $167,587       $ 7,955           $54,849        $(788)      $229,733
                                                    ====      ========       =======           =======        =====       ========

See notes to the consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
<PAGE>


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Year Ended December 31
                                                 ---------------------------------------
                                                 1995              1994             1993
                                                 ----              ----             ----
                                                      (dollar amounts in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
<S>                                           <C>               <C>              <C>     
 Net income                                   $ 31,211          $ 16,980         $ 23,871
 Adjustments to reconcile net
   income to net cash provided
   by operating activities:
     Increase in policy liabilities             80,857            63,274           35,471
     Change in federal income taxes              7,169            (4,014)          (6,679)
     Decrease (increase) in
       reinsurance balances                      5,403            15,619           (1,246)
     Decrease (increase) in agents'
       balances and premiums receivable         (8,825)           (6,950)            (216)
     Change in deferred policy
       acquisition costs                        (5,584)           (6,393)            (873)
     Change in accrued
       investment income                        (2,380)             (161)            (922)
     Depreciation and amortization               2,384               305              510
     Realized capital (gains)/losses               (20)            1,478              152
     Other                                      (5,234)            1,723            1,092
                                             ---------          --------         --------
       NET CASH PROVIDED BY
         OPERATING ACTIVITIES                  104,981            81,861           51,160
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 Securities available-for-sale (1995 and 1994):
   Purchases-fixed maturities                 (294,379)          (35,994)
   Sales-fixed maturities                       46,650            26,245
   Calls, paydowns and maturities               77,999            25,250
   Purchases-equities                           (4,559)          (68,783)        (143,862)
   Sales-equities                               36,465            63,200           99,475
 Securities held-to-maturity (held-for-
   investment in 1993)
   Purchases                                   (33,327)         (109,127)        (109,681)
   Sales                                        12,534                             21,001
   Calls, pay downs and maturities              33,783            19,175           55,428
 Net (purchases) sales of
   short-term investments                        5,534             4,001           (2,978)
 Investment in limited liability corporation    (2,400)
 Purchase of renewal rights                       (633)           (3,427)
 Purchases of home office
   building and equipment                       (2,568)           (2,191)         (12,947)
 Purchases of data processing
   equipment and software                         (328)             (996)            (419)
                                             ---------          --------         --------
       NET CASH USED BY
         INVESTING ACTIVITIES                 (125,229)          (82,647)         (93,983)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 Proceeds from borrowings                       25,000
 Purchase of Treasury Stock                       (134)             (654)
 Issuance of Common Stock                          378               590           59,129
 Cash dividends paid                            (6,243)           (5,717)          (4,359)
                                             ---------          --------         --------
       NET CASH PROVIDED (USED)
         BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES                19,001            (5,781)          54,770
                                             ---------          --------         --------
       INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH              (1,247)           (6,567)          11,947
         Cash at beginning of year               6,362            12,929              982
                                             ---------          --------         --------
       CASH AT END OF YEAR                   $   5,115         $   6,362         $ 12,929
                                             =========          ========         ========
</TABLE>

See notes to the consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-7

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995
NOTE A--ORGANIZATION

Frontier  Insurance  Group,  Inc.,  and  its  subsidiaries  (the  Company  ), is
principally a specialty  property and casualty  insurer  operating in 50 states.
The  Company's  principal  lines of business  are medical  malpractice,  general
liability,  and surety,  accounting for approximately 44.4%, 26.4%, and 18.6% of
gross premiums written in 1995,  respectively.  The medical malpractice programs
are marketed principally through the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary,  Medical
Professional  Liability  Agency,  Ltd ("Med Pro").  The  bail  bond  program  is
marketed  through  Douglass/Frontier  LLC, a fifty  percent  owned  entity  (see
below),  and  the  other  lines  of  business  are  marketed  primarily  through
independent agents.

In April 1994, the Company completed the acquisition of certain of the assets of
Spencer Douglass Insurance Associates, Inc. ("SDIA") constituting that company's
California  license and permit bond insurance agency business for $3,200,000 and
entered into a five-year  consulting  agreement with the  owner/principal.  This
acquisition  was accounted for as a purchase.  The purchase  price of $3,200,000
exceeded by the same amount the net book value of the business acquired.

In May 1995,  the  Company  and R.  Spencer  Douglas  III  ("Douglass") formed a
California    limited    liability    corporation,     Douglass/Frontier     LLC
("Douglass/Frontier"), a bail bond insurance agency. The Company made an initial
cash  investment  of  $2,400,000,   and  Douglass  contributed  the  assets  and
liabilities  of his  wholly-owned  existing  bail bond  agency.  The Company and
Douglass  share  equally  in the  ownership  of  Douglass/Frontier.  100% of the
Company's bail bond business is written  through  Douglass/Frontier  and for the
year ended  December 31, 1995,  was  approximately  $4,800,000.  At December 31,
1995,  Douglass/Frontier  had  premium  balances  due the  Company in the normal
course of business of $1,271,000 and a variable rate demand note of $212,000.
The  Company  has an  interest  of  $535,000  in the  undistributed  earnings of
Douglass/Frontier.

In December 1995,  the Company  purchased  certain assets from Bankers  Multiple
Line  Insurance  Company ("BMLIC")  constituting  BMLIC's  realtors  errors  and
omissions ("Realtors' E & O") business  for  $400,000.  The  purchase  agreement
provides  that,  if  certain  conditions  cease to exist in  future  years,  the
purchase price may be reduced.  In addition,  the Company was paid approximately
$8,000,000  to assume  BMLIC's  obligations  under its existing  Realtors' E & O
policies consisting of $2,287,000 of unearned premium reserves and $5,713,000 of
undiscounted  loss and LAE  reserves  at the  acquisition  date.  The  Company's
maximum  liability  relative to its  assumption  of the loss and LAE reserves is
$7,141,000  with BMLIC  retaining the liability for any losses in excess of this
amount.

The  Company's  Preferred  Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of
Directors  in one or more  series and  classes  and with such  dividend  rights,
conversion   rights,   voting   rights,   redemption   provisions,   liquidation
preferences,  and other rights and  restrictions  as the Board of Directors  may
determine.


                                      F-8
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995

NOTE B--SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The  significant   accounting   policies  followed  by  the  Company,   and  its
subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned, are summarized below.

Basis  of  Presentation  and  Principles  of  Consolidation:   The  accompanying
financial  statements have been prepared in accordance  with generally  accepted
accounting  principles  ("GAAP"),  which, as to Frontier  Insurance and Frontier
Pacific differ from the statutory  accounting  practices prescribed or permitted
by  regulatory  authorities,  and include the  accounts  and  operations  of the
Company,  Frontier  Insurance Company ("Frontier Insurance"), and from the dates
of their  acquisition,  Frontier Pacific Insurance Company ("Frontier Pacific"),
Pioneer Claim Management, Inc. ("Pioneer"), Spencer Douglas Insurance Associates
("SDIA"), and  Medical  Professional  Liability  Agency,  Ltd.  ("Med Pro"). All
significant  intercompany  accounts and  transactions  have been  eliminated  in
consolidation.

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements of insurance companies
requires  management to make estimates and  assumptions  that affect the amounts
reported in the financial  statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates and
assumptions  could change in the future as more information  becomes known which
could impact the amounts reported and disclosed herein.

Recognition of Premium Revenues: Direct, assumed, and ceded reinsurance premiums
written  are  recognized  as  earned  pro  rata  over the  terms of the  related
insurance policies.

Investments: Effective January 1, 1994, the Company adopted Financial Accounting
Standards Board ("FASB") Statement 115,  "Accounting for Certain  Investments in
Debt and  Equity  Securities"  ("FASB  115").  Under FASB 115,  investments  are
classified in three categories:  held-to-maturity securities, trading securities
and available-for-sale  securities.  Held-to-maturity securities are reported at
cost,  adjusted for amortization of premium or discount;  trading securities are
reported at fair value,  with unrealized  gains and losses included in earnings;
and  available-for-sale  securities  are reported at fair value with  unrealized
gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in a separate  component of
capital, net of applicable income taxes. This change in accounting had no effect
on net income;  however,  the accounting  change increased capital at January 1,
1994 by $3,651,000,  net of applicable income taxes, by increasing the amount of
unrealized   appreciation   of   fixed-maturity    investments   classified   as
available-for-sale.  Under the former rules, debt securities (principally bonds,
notes and redeemable  preferred  stocks) were carried at cost,  adjusted for the
amortization  of premium  or  discount  and  other-than-temporary  market  value
declines.  Unrealized  gains and losses were  excluded  from both  earnings  and
shareholders' equity.

In December 1995, the Company  reclassified all of its securities  classified as
held-to-maturity to the  available-for-sale  category as permitted by the FASB's
Special  Report,  A Guide to  Implementation  of Statement 115 on Accounting for
Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity Securities - Questions and Answers.  The
securities  reclassified had a carrying value of $190,474,000 and a market value
of  $194,709,000  at the date of transfer.  The  reclassification  resulted in a
$2,753,000 increase, net of applicable income taxes, in capital.

Fixed maturities  classified as held-to-maturity  (principally bonds, notes, and
redeemable preferred stocks) at December 1994, are carried at cost, adjusted for
the  amortization of premium or discount and  other-than-temporary  market value
declines. Fixed maturities available-for-sale  (principally bonds and notes) are
carried at market. Fair values for held-to-maturity and available-for-sale fixed
maturity  securities are based on quoted market prices,  where  available.

                                      F-9



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- Continued
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995

NOTE B--SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--Continued

For fixed  maturity  securities not actively  traded,  fair values are estimated
using values obtained from  independent  pricing  services.  For mortgage backed
securities,  the Company considers estimates of future principal  prepayments in
the calculation of the constant  effective yield necessary to apply the interest
method.  If a difference  arises between the prepayments  anticipated and actual
prepayments  received,  the Company  recalculates the effective yield to reflect
the  actual  payments  received  and the  anticipated  future  payments.  Equity
securities  (principally common and nonredeemable  preferred stocks) are carried
at  current  market  value  which  is  considered  equal to  their  fair  value.
Short-term   investments  are  carried  at  their  principal   balances,   which
approximates  their fair  value.  Realized  gains and  losses  from the sales or
liquidation of  investments  are  determined  using the specific  identification
basis. Changes in the fair value of fixed maturities available-for-sale,  equity
securities and short-term  investments are reflected as unrealized  appreciation
or depreciation directly in capital net of federal income tax.

The  investment  in  Douglass/Frontier  is accounted for under the equity method
based on Douglas/Frontier's GAAP results of operations.

Home Office Building and Equipment:  Home office building is stated at cost, net
of accumulated depreciation computed, for financial reporting and federal income
tax purposes,  on the straight-line  basis over an estimated useful life of 31.5
years. Equipment is stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation computed, for
financial reporting  purposes,  on the straight-line basis over estimated useful
lives of seven to ten years and,  for  federal  income tax  purposes,  using the
accelerated  cost recovery system and guideline lives ranging from five to seven
years. During 1995, 1994, and 1993, the depreciation expense for the Home office
building and equipment was $1,928,000, $1,480,000, and $1,060,000, respectively.

In April 1993,  the  Company  put into  service and began to occupy its new home
office facility. The cost of the facility's construction was financed internally
by the Company.  However, to receive favorable tax status, title to the facility
resides with the County of Sullivan Industrial Development Agency ("IDA") which,
in turn,  issued to the Company its twenty-year bonds with a face value equal to
the total cost of the project. Under the provisions of related agreements, title
to the facility reverts to the Company on maturity of the bonds, or sooner for a
nominal  fee,  should the Company so desire.  Accordingly,  as a result of these
agreements,   the  new  facility  is  reported  in  the  accompanying  financial
statements  as,  "Home  office building and equipment". As of December 31, 1995,
the outstanding, par value of the IDA bonds was $20,479,000.

Data Processing  Equipment and Software:  Data processing  equipment ("EDP") and
software is stated at cost, net of  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization
computed,  for  financial  reporting  purposes,  on a  straight  line basis over
estimated  useful  lives of three to five  years  and,  for  federal  income tax
purposes,  using the declining  balance  method over lives ranging from three to
five years. During 1995, 1994, and 1993, the  depreciation/amortization  expense
for EDP and software was $512,000, $459,000, and $432,000, respectively.

Deferred Policy  Acquisition  Costs:  Recoverable  policy acquisition costs that
vary with and are  directly  related  to the  production  of  business,  such as
commissions and premium taxes, net of reinsurance  allowances,  are deferred and
amortized to income as the related premiums are earned. Anticipated losses, loss
adjustment  expenses  ("LAE"),  and  policy  maintenance   expenses,   based  on
historical  and  current   experience,   are   considered  in  determining   the
recoverability   of  such  deferred  policy   acquisition 


                                      F-10
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- Continued
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995

NOTE B--SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--Continued

costs.  When the anticipated  losses,  LAE,  acquisition and policy  maintenance
expenses exceed the related unearned premiums,  without considering  anticipated
investment income, a provision for the indicated deficiency is recorded.

Insurance  Renewal  and Claims  Adjusting  Rights and Other  Intangible  Assets:
Insurance  renewal and claims adjusting  rights and other intangible  assets are
stated at cost,  net of  accumulated  amortization  computed on a  straight-line
basis over estimated  useful lives ranging from two to seven years for insurance
renewal rights,  three years for claims  adjusting  rights,  and five to fifteen
years for other intangible assets.

Unpaid Losses and LAE: The  liabilities  for unpaid losses and LAE represent the
estimated  liabilities for reported claims, claims incurred but not yet reported
("IBNR"),  and the related LAE. The  liabilities  for unpaid  losses and LAE are
determined  using  case-basis  evaluations and actuarial  analyses and represent
estimates  of the  ultimate  expected  cost of all  losses and LAE unpaid at the
balance sheet dates.

The liabilities for unpaid losses and LAE have been reduced by estimated salvage
and subrogation recoverable and have not been reduced from their ultimate values
by the effects of  discounting  estimated  ultimate  payments  to their  present
value.

Reinsurance:  Assumed  reinsurance  premiums  written,  commissions,  and unpaid
losses are  accounted  for based  principally  on the reports  received from the
ceding  insurance  companies  and in a manner  consistent  with the terms of the
related reinsurance agreements.  Liabilities for unpaid losses, LAE and unearned
premiums are stated gross of ceded  reinsurance  recoverables.  Deferred  policy
acquisition  costs are stated net of the amounts of  reinsurance  ceded,  as are
premiums written and earned, losses and LAE incurred,  and amortized acquisition
costs.

Contingent  Reinsurance  Commissions:  Contingent  reinsurance  commissions  are
accounted for on an earned basis and are accrued,  in accordance  with the terms
of the  applicable  reinsurance  agreement,  based  on the  estimated  level  of
profitability   relating   to  such   reinsured   business.   Accordingly,   the
profitability  of  the  reinsured  business  is  continually   reviewed  and  as
adjustments  become  necessary,   such  adjustments  are  reflected  in  current
operations.

Income Taxes:  Income tax provisions are based on income  reported for financial
statement  purposes,  adjusted for permanent  differences  between financial and
taxable income. Deferred federal income taxes are recognized using the liability
method,  whereby tax rates are applied to cumulative temporary differences based
on when and how they are  expected  to affect  the tax  return.  Such  temporary
differences are related principally to the deferral of acquisition costs, excess
depreciation, bad debt expense, the nondiscounting of the liabilities for unpaid
losses and LAE, the  disallowance of a portion of the unearned  premium reserve,
and the  non-recognition  of the  discounted  amount of  estimated  salvage  and
subrogation  recoverable  (see Note E).  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
adjusted for tax rate changes,  and the adjustment is reflected in income during
the period recognized.

In 1993, the Company adopted FASB Statement 109,  "Accounting for Income Taxes".
As  permitted  a  cumulative  effect  adjustment,  resulting  in an  increase of
approximately  $708,000  in the  deferred  federal  tax  asset and  income,  was
recorded. Prior to this adoption,  income taxes were provided using the deferred
method based upon the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion 11.

                                      F-11

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- Continued
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995

NOTE B--SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--Continued

Gross Claims  Adjusting  Income:  Claims adjusting income is accounted for on an
accrual basis, gross of related expenses. During 1995, 1994, and 1993, operating
expenses  included with  underwriting and other expenses  associated with claims
adjusting income amounted to $203,000, $331,000, and $466,000, respectively.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting  Standards:  In March 1995, the FASB issued
Statement No. 121,  Accounting for the  Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for
Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed Of,  which  required  impairment  losses to be
recorded on long-lived assets,  certain identifiable  intangibles,  and goodwill
related to those  assets,  when  indicators  of  impairment  are present and the
undiscounted  cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than
the assets' carrying  amount.  The Company will adopt Statement 121 in the first
quarter of 1996 and, based on current circumstances, does not believe the effect
of adoption will be material.

In October 1995, the FASB issued  Statement No. 123,  Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, SFAS No. 123 encourages but does not require entities to adopt the
fair value based method of accounting for all employee stock compensation plans,
under which  compensation  cost is measured based on the fair value of the award
at the grant date and recognized over the service period.  Entities may continue
to account for these plans using the intrinsic value based method of accounting,
under which  compensation  cost is measured as the excess, if any, of the quoted
market price of the stock at the grant date over the amount an employee must pay
to acquire the stock.  Statement No. 123 is effective for years  beginning after
December  15, 1995.  The Company  plans to continue to use the  intrinsic  value
based method to measure compensation costs for these plans.

Reclassification:  Certain prior year amounts have been  reclassified to conform
to the 1995 presentation

NOTE C--UNPAID LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES

The liabilities for unpaid losses and LAE are estimated by management  utilizing
methods and procedures which they believe are reasonable.  These liabilities are
necessarily  subject  to the  impact of future  changes  in claim  severity  and
frequency, as well as numerous other factors.  Although management believes that
the estimated  liabilities for unpaid losses and LAE are reasonable,  because of
the extended period of time over which such losses are reported and settled, the
subsequent  development of these  liabilities may not conform to the assumptions
inherent in their  determination and,  accordingly,  may vary from the estimated
amounts included in the accompanying  financial  statements.  To the extent that
the actual  emerging loss  experience  varies from the  assumptions  used in the
determination  of  these  liabilities,  they  are  adjusted  to  reflect  actual
experience.  Such  adjustments,  to the extent they occur,  are  reported in the
period recognized.

The  anticipated  effect of inflation is implicitly  considered  when estimating
reserves for losses and LAE.

Although  anticipated  price  increases  due  to  inflation  are  considered  in
estimating  the ultimate  claim costs,  the  increase in average  severities  of
claims is caused by a number  of  factors  that vary with the types of  policies
written.  Average  severities are projected based on historical  trends adjusted
for  implemented  changes in  underwriting  standards,  policy  provisions,  and
general economic trends.  Those anticipated trends are monitored based on actual
development and are adjusted as necessary.  The effects of such  adjustments are
reported in the period recognized.

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- Continued
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995

NOTE C--UNPAID LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES--Continued

In  December  1990,  the New York State  Court of Claims  rendered a decision in
favor of the  Company  holding  that a State  University  of New  York  ("SUNY")
medical school faculty member engaged in the clinical  practice of medicine at a
SUNY medical facility,  corollary to such physician's  faculty  activities,  was
within  the  scope of such  physician's  employment  by SUNY  and was  protected
against malpractice claims arising out of such activity by the State of New York
and not under  the  Company's  medical  malpractice  policy.  The  decision  was
affirmed on appeal by the New York State Appellate Division in November 1991 and
not  appealed  by the  State.  In July  1992,  the  State  of New  York  enacted
legislation  eliminating  medical school faculty  members of SUNY engaged in the
clinical practice of medicine at a SUNY medical facility from indemnification by
the State with  respect to  malpractice  claims  arising  out of such  activity,
retroactive  to July 1, 1991. In an opinion filed on September 3, 1993 the Court
of  Claims  of the  State of New  York  held,  inter  alia,  that the July  1992
legislation  by the State of New York  eliminating  SUNY medical  school faculty
members  engaged  in the  clinical  practice  of  medicine,  as  part  of  their
employment  by  SUNY,  from   indemnification  by  the  State  with  respect  to
malpractice  claims  arising  out  of  such  activity  was  not  to  be  applied
retroactively.  This  decision  was  affirmed  by the New York  State  Appellate
Division in April 1994.  Subsequently,  in February 1995, the Appellate Division
granted  leave to  Frontier  and the  State of New  York to have the  issues  of
Frontier's  entitlement  to  recover  its  costs  of  defense  and its  costs of
settlement ruled on by the State's highest Court, the New York Court of Appeals.
In  December  1995,  the New York  Court of  Appeals  ruled  on this  issue  and
concluded  that  Frontier  was  entitled to  recoveries  from the State for such
medical malpractice  claims. As a result of this decision,  the Company believes
the  above-referenced  decisions  are  controlling  precedents  and that it will
benefit  economically  by not being  ultimately  responsible  for certain claims
against SUNY physicians for whom it presently  carries  reserves and be entitled
to  reimbursement  for certain claims  previously paid;  accordingly,  effective
December 31, 1995, Frontier recorded a subrogation  recoverable of approximately
$19,000,000  representing  the amount of claims  already  paid and the  reserves
currently  held by  Frontier  on the open cases  that  management  believes  are
reimbursable  by the State of New York.  To the  extent the amount of the actual
recovery varies, such difference will be reported in the period recognized.  The
Company is continuing  to defend all SUNY faculty  members  against  malpractice
claims that have been asserted and is maintaining reserves therefor adjusted for
the anticipated recoveries.


                                      F-13
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- Continued
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995

NOTE C--UNPAID LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES--Continued

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the beginning and ending loss
and LAE reserve balances,  net of reinsurance ceded, for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Year Ended December 31,
                                                    -------------------------------------
                                                    1995             1994            1993
                                                    ----             ----            ----
                                                            (amounts in thousands)
<S>                                               <C>               <C>            <C>     
Reserves at beginning of year-
  net of reinsurance ceded                        $263,202          $216,486       $185,074
Provision for losses and LAE for claims
  occurring in the current year                    126,764            97,044         74,267
Increase in reserves -- loss portfolio
  transfer from BMLIC                                5,500
Increase (decrease) in estimated losses
 and LAE   for claims occurring in prior years      (7,514)           13,874          3,314
Loss and LAE payments for claims
  occurring during:
    Current year                                    13,052             7,216          7,869
    Prior years                                     80,507            56,986         38,300
                                                  --------          --------       --------
Net reserves at end of year                        294,393           263,202        216,486
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid
  losses and LAE at end of year                     73,043            49,435         57,549
                                                  --------          --------       --------
Reserves at end of year-gross of
  reinsurance ceded                               $367,436          $312,637       $274,035
                                                  ========          ========       ========
</TABLE>

The Company's net reserves for unpaid losses and LAE, net of related reinsurance
recoverable,  at  December  31, 1994 were  decreased  in the  following  year by
approximately  $7,500,000,  and at December 31, 1993 and 1992 the reserves  were
increased in the following year by  approximately  $13,900,000  and  $3,300,000,
respectively,  for claims that had  occurred  on or prior to the  balance  sheet
dates.  No premiums  have been accrued as a result of the changes to  prior-year
loss and LAE reserves.

The net $7,500,000  decrease in the prior years' reserves in 1995 was the 
result   of  favorable development   on  the  general   liability  and  worker's
compensation claim reserves/loss  adjustment expense reserves and to subrogation
recoveries  in  the   surety  line  of  business  in   excess  of  expectations.
Included  in the  net development, is  an  increase  in  prior  year's  reserves
of   approximately  $19,000,000,   which   was  entirely  offset  by subrogation
recoverable  recognized  in  connection  with  the favorable  court ruling.  The
significant increase in the reinsurance recoverable in 1995 is due to the change
in the type of reinsurance  from an  aggregate  claim  excess of loss, to a stop
loss for the majority of the Company's losses.

The  $13,900,000  increase  in prior  years'  reserves in 1994  resulted  from a
$17,500,000 increase in the reserves attributable to adverse medical malpractice
claims  development in Florida from higher than anticipated  dollar  settlements
and from redundancies in other lines. The 1993 deficiencies resulted principally
from  settling   case-basis   reserves  for  medical  malpractice  and  workers'
compensation  exposures established in prior years for amounts that were greater
than  projected,  net of  redundancies  for  more  recent  years'  claims.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- Continued
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995

NOTE C--UNPAID LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES--Continued

Because of the adverse development experienced in 1994 and 1993, the Company has
significantly  restructured  the manor in which it adjudicates  its claims.  The
change in process  included,  among  other  things,  placing  more  reliance  on
internal  claim  examiners  and  in-house   attorneys  than  on  third  parties,
especially for the Company's medical  malpractice claims in Florida.  Management
believes  that the  revised  process  will  result  in better  control  over the
ultimate costs to adjudicate its claims and the related indemnity costs enabling
management  to settle  such  claims for amounts  reflected  in the  accompanying
financial  statements.  However,  management  recognizes that many factors could
impact the successful  implementation of its revised process, and to the extent,
future  claim costs are not reduced from current  levels as  anticipated  in the
implementation   plan,   actual   ultimate  claim  costs  could  vary,   perhaps
significantly, from those included in the accompanying financial statements.


NOTE D--REINSURANCE

Frontier  Insurance  maintains  reinsurance  with  various  unrelated  insurance
companies,  principally for its direct business written, whereby amounts written
in excess of certain  retention  limits are ceded to those  companies  generally
under reinsurance  treaty  arrangements.  Beginning in 1995,  Frontier Insurance
maintains a three-year stop loss  reinsurance  contract with Centre  Reinsurance
Company of New York ("Centre Re"). Under the terms of the  agreement,  Centre Re
provides  reinsurance  protection  within  certain  accident  year and  contract
aggregate dollar limits for losses and LAE in excess of a predetermined ratio of
these  expenses to earned  premiums for a given  accident  year for all lines of
business except bail,  customs,  license and permit,  and  miscellaneous  surety
bonds. The loss and LAE ratio above which the reinsurance  provides  coverage is
66%, 65%, and 64% for accident years 1995 through 1997, respectively.

Although  the  companies  are  liable  to  Frontier  Insurance  for the  amounts
reinsured, Frontier Insurance remains liable to its insureds for the full amount
of the policies  written  whether or not the  reinsurance  companies  meet their
obligations to Frontier Insurance. Consequently,  allowances are established for
amounts deemed  uncollectible.  To minimize its exposure to  significant  losses
from reinsurance insolvencies,  the Company evaluates the financial condition of
its reinsurers and monitors concentration of credit risk from similar geographic
regions,  activities or economic characteristics of the reinsurers.  At December
31,  1995,  the  Company  has  outstanding  gross  reinsurance  recoverables  of
$31,567,000 from its largest reinsurer,  Centre Re; however,  under the terms of
the reinsurance  arrangements,  Frontier is withholding $28,248,000 of funds due
Centre  Re.  Accordingly,  the net  outstanding  recoverable  from  Centre Re is
$3,319,000,  with the remaining net  reinsurance  recoverables  of 89.5% are due
from three  reinsurers,  with one rated A+ (Superior),  one rated A (Excellent),
and one rated A- (Excellent), by A.M. Best Company, Inc.


                                      F-15
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- Continued
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995

NOTE D--REINSURANCE--Continued

The  following is a summary of the maximum  amount of loss retained and ceded by
Frontier  Insurance for new and renewal  policies as of December 31, 1995, 1994,
and 1993  (exclusive of facultative  reinsurance  and in 1995 the Centre Re stop
loss contract):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Maximum Retained Loss                Maximum Ceded Loss
                                                     Per Occurrence/                     Per Occurrence/
                                                      Risk/Principal                      Risk/Principal
                                                       December 31                          December 31
                                            ----------------------------------    ------------------------------------
                                               1995        1994         1993        1995         1994      1993
                                               ----        ----         ----        ----         ----      ----
                                                                    (in thousands)
<S>                                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>    
Property lines                              $   200      $   200      $   200      $   800      $   800   $   800
Casualty lines (excluding medical
  malpractice, health
  specialties and social services)            1,000        1,000          500        1,000        1,000     1,500
Medical malpractice, health
  specialties and social services             1,000(1)     1,000(1)     1,000(1)     1,000        1,000     1,500
Workers' compensation                         1,000        1,000          500        2,000        2,000     2,500
Surety                                        1,000(2)(5)  1,000          500        4,000(2)(5)    500       500
Custom bonds                                  3,000(3)       650(3)       200(3)       N/A          N/A       N/A
Umbrella liability                            1,000          400          400        4,000        4,800     4,800
Group accident and health                       250          250          250          750          750       750
Excess workers' compensation/
  employers' liability                        1,000(4)     1,000(4)                  9,000(4)     9,000(4)
Earthquake                                    2,500                                 37,500
</TABLE>

(1) Maximum  retained  loss  amount  of  $1,000,000  relates  only to  losses on
    policies  effective  during 1994,  and  reinsurance  ceded treaty years 1985
    through  1991 which have been  commuted.  For all other  years,  the maximum
    retained  loss per  occurrence  is $500,000.  On a very limited  basis,  the
    maximum retained loss per occurrence is $2,000,000.

(2) A limited  number of bonds were written in which the maximum  retained  loss
    per principal was  $9,000,000,  and the maximum ceded loss per principal was
    $4,000,000.

(3) Amount  indicated  is the maximum  face amount  (limit) on the bond  issued,
    which  represents the value of goods being imported that are subject to U.S.
    Customs duty. The actual exposure to the Company is the amount of any unpaid
    duty on the goods imported, which is generally approximately 15% of the face
    value of the goods,  and any penalties  associated  with the late payment of
    the duty.

(4) Subject to a  catastrophe  retention  of  $3,000,000  per  occurrence  and a
    maximum ceded loss of $40,000,000 per occurrence.

(5) Effective December 1, 1995 two layers of excess reinsurance were added for a
    maximum limit of $20 million per  principal on a direct basis,  $4.1 million
    on a net basis.


                                      F-16
<PAGE>
<PAGE>


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995

NOTE D--REINSURANCE--Continued

Frontier  Insurance  assumes   reinsurance  under  various   reinsurance  treaty
arrangements through 1993 and through mandatory participation in various states'
residual market pools and reinsurance facilities.  The amount of risk assumed by
Frontier  Insurance  varies in amount by treaty and does not exceed $500,000 per
occurrence/risk/surety  bond  principal  after  retrocessions.  As  part  of its
acquisition of BMLIC `S realtors' errors and omissions business,  the company is
reinsuring  policies issued by BMLIC until such time as the program is filed and
can be underwritten on the Frontier Insurance policies.

In 1995, 1994, and 1993, Frontier  Insurance's  medical  malpractice  reinsurers
agreed to a commutation for treaty years 1991, 1990, and 1989, respectively.  As
a result of their commutation,  Frontier Insurance  recaptured its liability for
ceded  unpaid  losses  and  LAE of  approximately  $3,900,000,  $6,100,000,  and
$5,400,000  for treaty years 1991,  1990, and 1989,  respectively,  and received
cash of an equal  amount,  resulting  in no gain or loss to Frontier  Insurance.
After the  commutation,  there was no change in the net incurred  losses or loss
ratios as a result of these transactions.

In 1995, 1994, and 1993,  Frontier  Insurance  recognized and accrued  (reduced)
reinsurance contingent profit commissions earned of ($783,000) ,($337,000),  and
$840,000, respectively.

The  components of the net  reinsurance  recoverables  balances  included in the
accompanying balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 December 31, 1995           December 31, 1994
                                                 -----------------           -----------------
<S>                                                  <C>                          <C>     
    Ceded paid losses & LAE recoverable              $ 2,639                      $ 3,946
    Ceded unpaid losses and LAE                       73,043                       49,435
    Ceded unearned premiums                            5,541                        3,885
    Ceded reinsurance payable                         (4,268)                      (2,487)
                                                     -------                      -------
    TOTAL                                            $76,955                      $54,779
                                                     =======                      =======
</TABLE>

The reinsurance  ceded  components of the amounts  relating to the  accompanying
income statements are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Year Ended December 31
                                                    ----------------------------------------
                                                    1995             1994               1993
                                                    ----             ----               ----

<S>                                               <C>               <C>               <C>    
    Ceded premiums earned                         $42,086           $17,562           $31,976
    Ceded incurred losses                          25,557            14,114            20,158
    Ceded incurred LAE                             11,700             3,664             3,537
</TABLE>

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
<PAGE>


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995

NOTE D--REINSURANCE--Continued

The effect of reinsurance on premiums written and earned in 1995, 1994 and 1993 
was as follows (in thousands) :
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  1995                    1994                   1993
                                Premiums                Premiums                Premiums
                           -----------------        ------------------       -----------------
                           Written    Earned        Written     Earned       Written    Earned
                           -------    ------        -------     ------       -------    ------
<S>                       <C>        <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>     
Direct                    $259,222   $235,696      $195,614    $169,893     $141,635   $138,756
Assumed                      5,092      2,610         3,278       4,424        7,115      9,592
Ceded                      (43,557)   (42,086)      (11,604)    (17,562)     (29,931)   (31,976)
                          --------   --------      --------    --------     --------   --------
Net premiums              $220,757   $196,220      $187,288    $156,755     $118,819   $116,372
                          ========   ========      ========    ========     ========   ========
</TABLE>

NOTE E--INCOME TAXES

State income taxes represent the amount of current state income taxes incurred.

The Company files a consolidated  federal income tax return,  which includes the
income and expenses of its subsidiaries from the dates of their acquisition.

The components of federal income tax expense are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Year Ended December 31
                                                       ------------------------------------
                                                       1995              1994          1993
                                                       ----              ----          ----
<S>                                                  <C>                <C>            <C>   
Federal income tax expense (benefit):
    Current                                          $11,071            $8,958         $9,871
    Deferred                                            (175)           (5,162)        (3,852)
                                                     -------            ------         ------
  TOTAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE                   $10,896            $3,796         $6,019
                                                     =======            ======         ======
</TABLE>

A  reconciliation  of  federal  income  tax  expense,  based  on the  prevailing
corporate income tax rate of 35% to the federal income tax expense  reflected in
the accompanying financial statements is as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Year Ended December 31
                                                          -----------------------------------
                                                          1995            1994           1993
                                                          ----            ----           ----

<S>                                                    <C>              <C>            <C>    
Income tax at prevailing
  corporate income tax rate
  applied to pre-tax income                            $15,148          $ 7,465        $10,603
Add (deduct) tax effect of:
  Tax-exempt interest income                            (2,754)          (2,726)        (2,828)
  Dividend received deduction                             (634)            (805)          (677)
  State income taxes                                      (410)            (194)          (389)
  1% effective tax rate change                                                            (551)
  Other                                                   (454)              56           (139)
                                                       -------          -------       --------
  TOTAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE                     $10,896          $ 3,796       $  6,019
                                                       =======          =======       ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-18

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- Continued
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995

Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the net tax effects of  temporary  differences
between the carrying  amounts of assets and liabilities for financial  reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of
the Company's  deferred tax liabilities and assets at December 31, 1995 and 1994
are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              December 31
                                                        -----------------------
                                                        1995               1994
                                                        ----               ----

<S>                                                   <C>                <C>     
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Deferred policy acquisition costs                    $ 6,579            $ 4,625
  Net unrealized gains on available-
   for-sale securities                                   4,284
  Other                                                    976                186
                                                       -------            -------
Total deferred tax liabilities                          11,839              4,811

Deferred tax assets:
  Reserve discounting, including
   salvage and subrogation                              26,466             26,341
  Unearned premium reserve                               7,121              5,404
  Net unrealized losses on available-
   for-sale securities                                                      3,396
  Other                                                  1,879                437
                                                       -------            -------

Total deferred tax assets                               35,466             35,578
                                                       -------            -------

Net deferred tax assets                                $23,627            $30,767
                                                       =======            =======

Deferred federal income taxes result from timing  differences in the recognition
of certain income and expenses for tax and financial  statement purposes and are
summarized as follows (in thousands):


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Year Ended December 31
                                                          -----------------------------------
                                                          1995          1994             1993
                                                          ----          ----             ----
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>     
Reserve discounting, including
  salvage and subrogation                              $  (125)        $(4,997)        $(3,953)
Unearned premium reserve                                (1,718)         (2,137)           (260)
Deferred policy acquisition costs                        1,955           2,258             365
Excess depreciation expense                                220              64              24
Bad debt expense (credit)                                 (404)           (354)             (9)
Other                                                     (103)              4             (19)
                                                       -------        --------        --------

                       TOTAL DEFERRED FEDERAL
                           INCOME TAX BENEFIT           $ (175)        $(5,162)        $(3,852)
                                                        ======         =======         =======

The Company made income tax payments of $12,829,000, $9,330,000, and  
$13,051,000, in 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.

At December 31, 1995,  the Company had a capital  loss  carryforward  of $29,000
that expires in 1997.


                                      F-19
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- Continued
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995

NOTE F--CREDIT FACILITY

In 1995, the Company  obtained a line of credit for $35,000,000 with the Bank of
New York . Under this arrangement, the Company borrowed $25,000,000 and used the
proceeds to increase the capital in Frontier  Insurance.  The bank's  commitment
reduces by $5,000,000 at the end of each of 1996,  1997, and 1998 and expires at
the end of 1999. The loan under the arrangement bears an annual interest rate of
6.87%.  The interest  incurred in 1995 relating to this credit  arrangement  was
$895,000.  At December 31, 1995, the  outstanding  debt is carried at its unpaid
principal balance an amount that approximates its fair value.


                                      F-20

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE G--STATUTORY-BASIS CAPITAL AND NET INCOME


A reconciliation of the amounts of Frontier  Insurance's  capital as of December
31, 1995 and 1994,  and  consolidated  net income for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1995, on a statutory  accounting basis ("SAP") and
as reported to the New York  Insurance  Department  to the related  GAAP amounts
included in the accompanying financial statements, is as follows (in thousands):


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1995                              1994                      1993
                                                       ------------------------          ------------------------          ------
                                                                           Net                               Net             Net
                                                       Capital           Income          Capital           Income          Income
                                                       -------           ------          -------           ------          ------
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>            <C>               <C>             <C>    
Frontier Insurance's statutory-basis amounts           $171,362          $24,699        $104,871          $  5,492        $17,104
Add (deduct):
  Deferred policy acquisition costs                      20,637            5,274          15,363             7,267            878
  Nonadmitted assets and unauthorized
     reinsurance                                         14,853                            6,887
  Investment valuation                                   11,346                           (5,890)
  Allowance for doubtful accounts                        (3,506)          (1,154)         (2,237)           (1,011)            13
  Amortization of intangibles                               589              471             118              (147)           118
  Deferred income taxes                                  22,833               49          28,817             4,715          4,480
  Other than temporary market decline                      (490)            (490)

  Frontier Pacific Insurance                              2,351            2,867           1,091             1,839            781
                                                       --------          -------        --------           -------        -------
FRONTIER INSURANCE'S CONSOLIDATED
  GAAP AMOUNTS                                          239,975           31,716         149,020            18,155         23,374
  Company's capital and net income (loss),
    excluding amounts arising from its
    investment in Frontier Insurance                    (10,242)            (505)         41,244            (1,175)           497
                                                       --------          -------        --------           -------        -------
CONSOLIDATED AMOUNTS--GAAP BASIS                       $229,733          $31,211        $190,264           $16,980        $23,871
                                                       ========          =======        ========           =======        =======
</TABLE>


                                      F-21

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995

NOTE H--INVESTMENTS

The major  categories of total net  investment  income are summarized as follows
(in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Year Ended December 31
                                                         -------------------------------------
                                                         1995            1994             1993
                                                         ----            ----             ----

<S>                                                    <C>              <C>             <C>    
Interest and dividends:
  Fixed maturities                                     $28,338          $20,942         $20,277
  Equity securities                                      1,745            3,774           2,196
  Short-term and other investments                       2,529              695             734
Interest expense on funds held                          (2,174)
Limited liability corporation                              535
                                                       -------          -------         -------
    Total interest and dividends                        30,973           25,411          23,207
Less investment expenses                                   938              958             684
                                                       -------          -------         -------
           Net investment income                        30,035           24,453          22,523
Realized capital gains (losses):
  Securities available-for-sale (1995):
    Fixed maturity securities                            1,940              325
    Equity securities                                   (1,920)          (1,743)            367
    Short-term investments                                                   (1)           (150)
       Fixed maturities held-to-maturity
  (held for investment in 1993)                                             (59)           (369)
                                                       -------          -------         -------
    Total realized capital gains (losses)                   20           (1,478)           (152)
                                                       -------          -------         -------
         TOTAL NET INVESTMENT INCOME                   $30,055          $22,975         $22,371
                                                       =======          =======         =======
</TABLE>

Gross realized capital gains on  available-for-sale  securities in 1995 and 1994
and on  held-for-investment  securities in 1993 were $2,509,000,  $987,000,  and
$1,235,000,  respectively.  Gross realized capital losses on  available-for-sale
securities in 1995 and 1994 and on  held-for-investment  securities in 1993 were
$3,164,000,  $2,604,000,  and  $1,558,000,  respectively.  Also,  gross realized
capital gains in 1995 and 1994 on held-to-maturity  securities were $675 000 and
$27,000,  respectively, and gross realized capital losses were $-0- and $86,000,
respectively,  resulting from calls,  paydowns,  maturities,  and sales of these
securities.

The  change  in  unrealized   (depreciation)   appreciation  on   fixed-maturity
securities was  $28,490,000,  $(25,177,000),  and $3,699,000 in 1995,  1994, and
1993,  respectively;  the  corresponding  amounts  for  equity  securities  were
$4,704,000, $(3,896,000), and $(208,000).

At December 31, 1995, bonds and notes with an amortized cost of $14,193,000 were
on deposit with various regulatory authorities to meet statutory requirements.


                                      F-22

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- Continued
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995

NOTE H--INVESTMENTS--Continued
Investments  in  available-for-sale  securities  are  summarized  as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Gross          Gross       Estimated
                                                       Unrealized     Unrealized      Market
                                          Cost           Gains          Losses        Value
                                          ----         ----------     ----------    ---------
<S>                                     <C>              <C>            <C>           <C>     
At December 31, 1995:
Available-for-sale securities
   Fixed maturity securities:
   U.S. Treasury securities and
     obligations of U.S. government
     corporations and agencies          $ 29,602        $ 1,519        $    (3)      $ 31,118
   Obligations of states and
     political subdivisions              189,363          4,154           (611)       192,906
   Foreign governments                        20                                           20
   Corporate securities                  102,667          3,992         (1,395)       105,264
   Mortgage-backed securities            188,404          5,080         (1,390)       192,094
                                        --------        -------        -------       --------
Total fixed maturity securities          510,056         14,745         (3,399)       521,402
Equity securities                         20,132          1,191           (299)        21,024
                                        --------        -------        -------       --------
  TOTAL                                 $530,188        $15,936        $(3,698)      $542,426
                                        ========        =======        =======       ========



At December 31, 1994:
Available-for-sale securities
  Fixed maturity securities:
  U.S. Treasury securities and
    obligations of U.S. government
    corporations and agencies           $  9,292        $    53        $  (580)      $  8,765
  Obligations of states and
    political subdivisions                92,073            445         (3,164)        89,354
  Corporate securities                    11,889              8         (1,290)        10,607
  Mortgage-backed scurities               36,592            117         (1,479)        35,230
                                        --------        -------        -------       --------
Total fixed maturity securities          149,846            623         (6,513)       143,956

Equity securities                         52,458            260         (4,072)        48,646
                                        --------        -------        -------       --------
  TOTAL                                 $202,304      $     883       $(10,585)      $192,602
                                        ========      =========       ========       ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-23
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- Continued
FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995

NOTE H--INVESTMENTS--Continued

Investments  in  held-to-maturity  securities  are  summarized  as  follows  (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Gross        Gross       Estimated
                                                        Unrealized    Unrealized      Market
                                          Cost            Gains         Losses        Value
                                          ----          ----------    ----------    ---------
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>       <C>            <C>      
At December 31, 1994:    
Held-to-maturity securities
  Fixed maturity securities
    U.S. Treasury securities and
      obligations of U.S. government
      corporations and agencies         $ 52,589           $101       $ (1,400)      $ 51,290
    Obligations of states and
       political subdivisions             71,597            161         (4,210)        67,548
    Debt securities issued by
       foreign governments                    20                                           20
    Corporate securities                  55,259             85         (5,370)        49,974
    Mortgage-backed securities            22,664            100           (721)        22,043
                                        --------           ----       --------       --------
      TOTAL                             $202,129           $447       $(11,701)      $190,875
                                        ========           ====       ========       ========
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1995,  the  amortized  cost and  estimated  market value of debt
securities,  by contractual maturity,  are shown below. Expected maturities will
differ from contractual  maturities because borrowers may have the right to call
or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Estimated
                                                          Market
                                            Cost          Value
                                            ----        ---------
                                              (in thousands)
<S>                                      <C>             <C>     
Due in one year or less                  $  5,594        $  5,614
Due after one year to five years           41,974          43,517
Due after five years to ten years         113,005         116,141
Due after ten years                       161,079         164,036
Mortgage backed securities                188,404         192,094
                                         --------        --------
    TOTAL                                $510,056        $521,402
                                         ========        ========
</TABLE>


NOTE I--DIVIDEND AND CAPITAL RESTRICTIONS

Cash  dividends  of  Frontier  Insurance  may be paid only out of its  statutory
earned  surplus,  which was  approximately  $79,538,000  at December  31,  1995.
Generally, the payment of dividends is subject to statutory restrictions imposed
by New York  insurance  law. The maximum amount of dividends that may be paid in
any  twelve-month  period  without the prior  approval of the New York Insurance
Department is the lesser of net  investment  income or 10% of statutory  surplus
($171,362,000  at December  31,  1995) as such terms are defined in the New York
insurance law.  Accordingly,  the maximum amount of dividend  payable in 1996 by
Frontier  Insurance to its parent company without prior approval of the New York
Insurance Department is $17,136,000.


                                      F-24

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995

NOTE I--DIVIDEND AND CAPITAL RESTRICTIONS--Continued

At December 31, 1995, $91,824,000 of consolidated capital represented net assets
of Frontier  Insurance  that  cannot be  transferred  in the form of  dividends,
loans,  or  advances  to the  Company.  Generally,  the net  assets of  Frontier
Insurance  available for transfer to the Company are limited to the amounts that
Frontier  Insurance's  net assets,  as determined in accordance  with  statutory
accounting  practices,  exceed certain minimum statutory  capital  requirements;
however,  as  explained  above,  payments of such  amounts as  dividends  may be
subject to approval by the New York Insurance Department.


NOTE J--STOCK OPTIONS

The Company has adopted  stock option plans (the  "Plans")  under which  807,872
shares of Common  Stock are  reserved  for  issuance  upon  exercise  of options
granted pursuant to the Plans.  Under the Plans,  incentive stock options may be
granted to employees and nonqualified stock options may be granted to employees,
directors,  and such other  persons as the Board of  Directors  (or a  committee
appointed by the Board) determines will assist the Company's business endeavors,
at exercise prices equal to at least 100% of the fair market value of the Common
Stock on the date of grant.  Incentive stock options granted under the Plans are
not exercisable  until one year after grant and expire five years after the date
of grant. In addition to selecting the optionees,  the Board (or such committee)
determines the number of shares subject to each option,  the expiration  date of
nonqualified stock options and otherwise  administers the Plans.  Certain of the
Company's  officers are ineligible to participate in the Plans.  Incentive stock
options have been granted at various times and for varying amounts.

Information on stock options, under the Plans, is shown in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        Shares
                                      Outstanding         Exercisable                      Price Range
                                      -----------         -----------                  ------------------
<S>                                      <C>                  <C>                      <C>
Balances at January 1, 1993              216,093             82,639                     $  3.03 - $12.79
Granted                                  137,268                                         $27.12 - $29.83
Became Exercisable                                           65,689                     $  7.81 - $29.83
Exercised                                (40,053)           (40,053)                    $  3.03 - $10.69
Canceled                                  (5,363)            (5,363)                    $  3.03 - $27.35
                                      ----------         ----------                     ----------------
Balances at December 31, 1993            307,945            102,912                     $  7.81 - $29.83
Granted                                    2,250                                         $30.33 - $30.33
Became Exercisable                                           87,534                     $  7.81 - $29.83
Exercised                                (73,782)           (73,782)                    $  7.81 - $27.35
Canceled                                  (8,975)            (8,975)                    $  7.81 - $23.35
                                      ----------         ----------                     ----------------
Balances at December 31, 1994            227,438            107,689                     $  7.87 - $30.33
Granted                                  159,250                                         $20.75 - $28.75
Became Exercisable                                           72,628                     $  7.87 - $30.33
Exercised                                (41,391)           (41,391)                    $  7.87 - $27.35
Canceled                                 (27,630)           (27,630)                    $  7.87 - $29.83
                                       ---------          ---------                     ----------------
Balances at December 31, 1995            317,667            111,296                     $  9.05 - $30.33
                                        ========           ========                     ================
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1995, options to purchase 317,667 shares of Common Stock, at per
share exercise  prices ranging from $9.05 to $30.33,  were  outstanding;  and at
December 31, 1994,  options to purchase  227,438 shares of Common Stock,  at per
share exercise  prices ranging from $7.87 to $30.33 were  outstanding  under the
Plans. Options to purchase 111,296 and 107,689 shares of Common Stock were



                                      F-25



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995


NOTE J--STOCK OPTIONS--Continued

exercisable at December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1994, respectively,  under the
Plans.  During 1995,  41,391  options were  exercised  with an average per share
exercise price of $9.12.

During 1993, the Company granted the President and Chairman of the Board,  and a
Vice President,  separate stock options outside of the Plans to purchase 375,000
and 67,500  shares,  respectively,  of the Company's  Common Stock at $50.00 per
share at any time through  December 31, 1999,  which options were outstanding at
December 31, 1995.

The number of shares  subject to options  and the per share  option  prices have
been adjusted to reflect stock dividends.

NOTE K--EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN

The Company  sponsors  an employee  savings  plan  (401(k))  whereby the Company
contributes a base of 2% of the salary of all eligible employees and matches 50%
of each eligible  employee's  personal  contribution  up to 2% of the employee's
salary. The maximum Company contribution, base and match, is 4% of an employee's
salary. The plan commenced in 1993, and the Company's  contribution  expense for
1995 and 1994 was $636,000, and $499,000, respectively.

NOTE L--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

At December 31, 1995, the future minimum rental  commitment for operating leases
was as follows: 1996--$759,000;  1997--$513,000; 1998--$496,000; 1999--$366,000;
2000--$181,000;  2001--$118,000  and  2002--$18,000.  These  leases  are for the
rental of office  space,  the  initial  terms of which  run five  years,  with a
negotiated renewal option at the end of the term. Total rental expense for 1995,
1994, and 1993 amounted to $720,000, $479,000, and $321,000, respectively.

The Company  has been  served with  several  purported  class  actions  alleging
violations  of federal  securities  laws by the Company  and, in some cases,  by
certain of its  officers  and  directors;  certain  other  actions  also  allege
violations of the common law. The complaints relate to the Company's November 8,
1994  announcement  of its third quarter  financial  results and allege that the
Company previously had omitted and/or misrepresented material facts with respect
to its  earnings and  profits.  The amount of potential  loss is not possible to
estimate as of the present due to the fact that these actions  allege  differing
class  periods,  and until an actual  class is  certified  in the  consolidation
action,  the number of shares impacted by the claims cannot be ascertained.  The
Company  believes  the suits are without  merit and has retained  special  legal
counsel to contest them  vigorously.  The Company is involved in other unrelated
litigation which is considered incidental to its business.  The ultimate outcome
of all  litigation  is not expected to be material in relation to the  Company's
financial position and results of operations.

On November  10, 1994,  the Company  authorized  a stock  repurchase  program to
purchase up to 1,000,000 shares of its Common Stock at such times and prices the
Company deems  advantageous in compliance with SEC Rule 10b-18 at the discretion
of the Chairman of the Board.  There is no  commitment or obligation on the part
of the Company to purchase any particular number of shares,  and the program may
be  suspended  at any time at the  Company's  discretion.  In 1995 and 1994,  in
conjunction with this repurchase program,  the Company acquired 6,000 and 35,400
shares at a cost of $134,000 and $654,000,  respectively.





                                      F-26



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995


NOTE M--NET INCOME PER SHARE

Net income per share is based on the weighted average number of shares of Common
Stock and Common Stock  equivalents  outstanding  during the year.  The weighted
average  shares  outstanding  have been  adjusted  retroactively  to reflect the
effects  of the 3 for 2 stock  split in June  1994,  and the ten  percent  stock
dividend paid in July 1993, and were  13,011,433,  12,992,059,  and  11,418,864,
shares,  respectively,  for 1995,  1994, and 1993. The effect of the outstanding
stock  options  are  not  material  and are  antidilutive  with  respect  to the
computation of the net income per share data.

NOTE N--CONCENTRATIONS

The  Company,  which is licensed to conduct  business in 50 states,  attempts to
diversify  its  exposures  geographically,  as well as across  various  types of
risks.  However,  its medical  malpractice  business in the Florida  marketplace
comprises 9.7% of the Company's  gross premiums  written and its surety and bond
business, which is focused primarily in the California marketplace, accounts for
18.8% of its gross premiums  written in 1995. Also, the Company relies primarily
on a small  number  of  reinsurers.  At  December  31,  1995,  the  Company  has
outstanding  gross  reinsurance  recoverables  of  $31,567,000  from its largest
reinsurer,  Centre Re; however, under the terms of the reinsurance arrangements,
Frontier is withholding $28,248,000 of funds due Centre Re. Accordingly, the net
outstanding recoverable from Centre Re is $3,319,000.

NOTE O--SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On  February  29,  1996,  the  Company  announced  that it  executed  definitive
agreements to acquire,  through its wholly-owned  subsidiary Frontier Insurance,
100% of the stock of  United  Capitol  Holding  Company  and it's  subsidiaries,
United Capitol Insurance  Company,  United Capitol  Managers,  Inc., and Fischer
Underwriting Group, Inc., subject to regulatory approval, at a purchase price of
approximately $30,920,000.

                                      F-27
<PAGE>
<PAGE>


SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)


The following is a summary of unaudited quarterly results of operations for 1995
and 1994:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               1995                                            1994
                           ------------------------------------------      --------------------------------------------
                              1st          2nd       3rd         4th          1st         2nd         3rd          4th
                           -------      --------    ------     -------     -------      -------      ------      -------
                                               (thousands of dollars, except per share data)

<S>                          <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
Net premiums earned         $45,754     $46,440     $49,873     $54,153     $35,588     $31,911     $41,428      $47,828
Total net investment
  income                      5,981       7,434       8,168       8,472       5,506       5,978       4,930        6,561
Income (loss)  before
  cumulative
  effect of change in
  accounting principle        6,886       7,785       8,245       8,295       6,740       7,328      (5,080)       7,992
Net income (loss)             6,886       7,785       8,245       8,295       6,740       7,328      (5,080)       7,992

Per share data:
  Income (loss) before
    cumulative effect
    of accounting change        .53         .60         .63         .64         .52         .57        (.39)         .61
  Net income (loss)             .53         .60         .63         .64         .52         .57        (.39)         .61

</TABLE>


Earnings per share information is based on the weighted average number of shares
outstanding  for the period and have been  adjusted  to reflect  the  effects of
stock dividends and stock splits. The effect of stock options was nondilutive to
the computation of earnings per share information.

The 1994 third quarter results were adversely affected by a $17,500,000 addition
to loss reserves due to unfavorable development in medical malpractice claims in
Florida.

In the fourth quarter of 1995, the Company  increased  prior year's  reserves by
approximately $19,000,000,  which was entirely offset by subrogation recoverable
recognized in connection with the favorable Court of Appeals decision.




                                      F-28

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


SCHEDULE I--SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS--OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES

FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 1995


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  Column A                              Col. B         Col. C.        Col. D.
- --------------------------------------------------   ----------       ----------    ---------------
                                                                                    Amount at Which
                                                                                      Shown in the
              Type of Investment                       Cost(1)         Value(2)      Balance Sheet
- --------------------------------------------------   ----------       ----------    ---------------
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>               <C>    
Available-for-sale securities
  Fixed maturity securities:
    U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of
       U.S. Government corporations and agencies      $  29,602       $  31,118         $  31,118
    Obligations of states and political subdivisions    189,363         192,906           192,906
    Foreign governments                                      20              20                20
    Corporate securities                                102,667         105,264           105,264
    Mortgage-backed securities                          188,404         192,094           192,094
                                                      ---------       ---------         ---------

    Total Fixed Maturity Securities                     510,056         521,402           521,402

    Equity Securities                                    20,132          21,024            21,024
                                                      ---------      ----------        ----------
      TOTAL AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES               530,188         542,426           542,426

Short-term investments                                    7,353           7,353             7,353
                                                     ----------     -----------       -----------
Investment in limited liability  corporation              2,935 (3)       2,935             2,935
                                                     ----------     -----------       -----------

  TOTAL INVESTMENTS                                    $540,476        $552,714          $552,714
                                                       ========        ========          ========
</TABLE>


(1)  Original  cost  of  equity  and  short-term  securities  and,  as to  fixed
     maturities,   original  cost  reduced  by   repayments   and  adjusted  for
     amortization of premiums or accrual of discounts.

(2)  Fair values are based on quoted  market  values,  where  available,  except
     short-term investments which cost approximates fair value. The amount shown
     for the limited liability corporation is based on book value.

(3)  Accounted  for  under  the  equity  method  based  on the GAAP  results  of
     operations plus the original cost.

                                      F-29

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


SCHEDULE III--CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. (PARENT COMPANY)


BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      December 31
                                                          ---------------------------------
                                                                 1995                1994
                                                          ------------------     ----------
<S>                                                         <C>                   <C>     
ASSETS                                                              (in thousands)
Investments in subsidiaries                                 $239,557              $148,873
Securities, available for sale--at fair value
  Equity securities (cost: 1994--$29,859,000)                                       26,729
Investment in limited liability corporation                    2,935
Investment in partnership                                         47                 4,064
Short-term investments--(principal balances which
   approximate fair value)                                     1,129
Cash                                                              99                 2,250
Equipment and software--at cost, less accumulated
   depreciation (1995--$2,046,000;1994--$1,103,000)            5,589                 4,898
Insurance renewal and claims adjusting
   rights and other intangible assets,
   less accumulated amortization
   (1995--$2,370,000; 1994--$1,525,000)                        3,082                 3,501
Real estate                                                      853                   458
Other assets                                                   4,889                 1,550
                                                            --------              --------
  TOTAL ASSETS                                              $258,180              $192,323
                                                            ========              ========
LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL
LIABILITIES
   Note payable                                            $  25,000
   Accrued expenses and other liabilities                      3,447            $    2,059
                                                           ---------            ----------
   TOTAL LIABILITIES                                          28,447                 2,059

CAPITAL
   Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share;
     authorized and unissued--1,000,000 shares
  Common Stock; par value $.01 per share;
     authorized--20,000,000 shares; issued
     and outstanding (1995--13,062,501 shares;
     1994--13,021,058 shares)                                    130                   130
   Additional paid-in capital                                167,587               167,209
   Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
     of investments in available-for-sale
     securities (net of tax)                                   7,955                (6,307)
Retained earnings                                             54,849                29,886 
                                                           ---------             ---------
   SUBTOTAL                                                  230,521               190,918
     Less:  Treasury stock--at cost
       (1995--41,400 shares; 1994--35,400 shares)               (788)                 (654)
                                                           ---------             ---------
  TOTAL CAPITAL                                              229,733               190,264
                                                           ---------             ---------

  TOTAL LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL                             $258,180              $192,323
                                                            ========              ========
</TABLE>

These  condensed  financial  statements  should be read in conjunction  with the
accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  and notes thereto of Frontier
Insurance Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries.



                                      F-30

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


SCHEDULE III--CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT--Continued

FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. (PARENT COMPANY)


STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Year Ended December 31
                                                ---------------------------------------------
                                                   1995              1994             1993
                                                ---------        ------------       ---------
<S>                                             <C>              <C>                <C>     
REVENUES
  Dividend income from subsidiary                                                   $  2,000
  Investment income                              $   1,544        $    2,296           1,141
  Realized capital losses                             (377)           (1,259)           (146)
                                                ---------          --------         --------
                            TOTAL REVENUES           1,167             1,037           2,995

EXPENSES
  Operating and administrative                         714               944             632
  Interest expense - Note payable                      895
                                                ---------          --------         --------
                            TOTAL EXPENSES           1,609               944             632

     INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE FEDERAL
      INCOME TAXES AND EQUITY
      IN UNDISTRIBUTED INCOME OF
      SUBSIDIARIES                                   (442)               93            2,363

Federal income tax (benefit)                         (207)(1)            20               71
                                                ---------          --------         --------

    INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EQUITY
      IN UNDISTRIBUTED INCOME
      OF SUBSIDIARIES                                (235)               73            2,292

Equity in undistributed
  income of subsidiaries                           31,446            16,907           21,579
                                                ---------          --------         --------

      NET INCOME                                  $31,211           $16,980          $23,871
                                                  =======           =======          =======
</TABLE>


(1) Under the terms of its tax sharing agreement with its  subsidiaries,  income
    tax  provisions  for the  individual  companies  are  computed on a separate
    company basis.  Accordingly,  the Company's  income tax benefit results from
    the  utilization  of the parent company  separate  return loss to reduce the
    consolidated taxable income of the Company and its subsidiaries.

These  condensed  financial  statements  should be read in conjunction  with the
accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  and notes thereto of Frontier
Insurance Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries.



                                      F-31


<PAGE>
<PAGE>


SCHEDULE III--CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT--CONTINUED

FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. (PARENT COMPANY)

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Year Ended December 31,
                                                 ---------------------------------------------
                                                       1995             1994              1993
                                                  ----------      -----------          --------
<S>                                              <C>               <C>                 <C>    
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 Income (loss) before equity in
  undistributed income of subsidiaries           $    (235)        $      73           $ 2,292
 Adjustments to reconcile net income
  (loss) to net cash provided by
  (used in) operating activities:
   Change in federal income taxes                    2,447            (1,502)              422
   Depreciation and amortization                     1,788               977             1,025
   Prepaid expenses                                   (100)                2                 8
   Change in due to (from) subsidiaries             (4,838)            1,950            (1,292)
   Realized capital losses                             377             1,259               146
   Other                                               821              (146)              254
                                                   -------            ------           -------
          NET CASH PROVIDED BY
  (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES                       260             2,612             2,855
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 Capital contribution to subsidiary                (19,445)(1)                         (10,000)
 Acquisition of policy renewal rights                 (426)           (3,427)
(Purchases) sales of equity securities               4,017              (864)          (32,561)
 Purchases of equipment                             (1,634)           (1,209)           (4,611)
 Investment in limited liability corporation        (2,400)
 Purchase of real estate                              (395)
 Net (purchases) sales of
  short-term investments                            (1,129)           10,406            (9,981)
                                                   -------            ------           -------

       NET CASH PROVIDED BY
  (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES                   (21,412)            4,906           (57,153)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 Proceeds from credit arrangement                   25,000
 Purchase of Treasury Stock                           (134)             (654)
 Issuance of Common Stock                              378               590            59,130
 Cash dividends paid                                (6,243)           (5,717)           (4,360)
                                                   -------            ------           -------
      NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN)
       FINANCING ACTIVITIES                         19,001            (5,781)           54,770
                                                   -------         ---------          --------
      INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH                   (2,151)            1,737               472
 Cash at beginning of year                           2,250               512                40
                                                    -------            ------           -------
     CASH AT END OF YEAR                           $    99          $  2,250           $   512
                                                   =======          ========           =======
</TABLE>


(1) In conjunction with the cash capital  contribution,  the Company transferred
$28.0 million of equity securities to its subsidiary,  for a total  contribution
of $47.4 million.

These  condensed  financial  statements  should be read in conjunction  with the
accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  and notes thereto of Frontier
Insurance Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries.


                                      F-32

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


SCHEDULE IV--REINSURANCE

FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         (amounts in thousands)

        Col. A                  Col. B                 Col. C            Col. D        Col. E
- -----------------            ----------     ------------------------   ----------   ------------
                                                                                     Percentage
                                              Ceded to       Assumed                 of Amount
                                 Gross          Other       from Other     Net       Assumed to
  Description                    Amount      Companies      Companies    Amount         Net
- -----------------            ----------     ------------------------   ----------   ------------
<S>                               <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>           <C> 
Year Ended December 31, 1995:
  Premiums written:
    Medical malpractice        $ 117,431       $18,049                  $  99,382
    General liability             65,900        12,841        $3,813       56,872        6.7%
    Surety                        49,137         5,734           142       43,545        0.3
    Workers' compensation         11,047         1,683           569        9,933        5.7
    Other                         15,707         5,250           568       11,025        5.2
                                --------      --------       -------   ----------        ---
      TOTAL                     $259,222       $43,557        $5,092    $ 220,757        2.3%
                                ========      ========        ======    =========        ===

Year Ended December 31, 1994:
  Premiums written:
    Medical malpractice         $ 90,107        $2,338                   $ 87,769
    General liability             45,072         4,419     $      46       40,699        0.1%
    Surety                        36,871           388           296       36,779        0.8
    Workers' compensation         12,940         1,087         2,704       14,557       18.6
    Other                         10,624         3,373           233        7,484        3.1
                                --------       -------      --------     --------        ---
      TOTAL                     $195,614       $11,605      $  3,279     $187,288        1.8%
                                ========       =======      ========     ========        ===

Year Ended December 31, 1993:
  Premiums written:
    Medical malpractice         $ 68,079      $ 14,161                  $  53,919
    Workers' compensation         20,285         5,130       $ 6,947       22,102       31.4%
    Surety                        22,149           530           198       21,817        0.9
    General liability             22,046         5,325           (16)      16,705       (0.1)
    Other                          9,076         4,785           (14)       4,276       (0.3)
                              ----------      --------         -----     --------       ----
      TOTAL                     $141,635       $29,931        $7,115     $118,819        6.0%
                                ========       =======        ======     ========        ====
</TABLE>



                                      F-33




<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                                  SCHEDULE V--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

                                FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                                   (amounts in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               COL. A                            COL. B                     COL. C                         COL. D       COL. E
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             ADDITIONS
                                                            -----------------------------------------
        Description                         Balance at            (1)                    (2)             Deductions   Balance at
                                           Beginning of     Charged to Costs        Charged to Other      Describe      end of
                                              Period          and Expenses          Accounts-Describe                   Period
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>              <C>                     <C>                 <C>         <C>   
Year Ended December 31, 1995:
  Reserves and allowances deducted
    from asset accounts:
      Allowance for doubtful accounts          $2,237           $1,154                                                  $3,391
      Allowance for possible reinsurance
        uncollectible amounts                     115                                                                      115

Year Ended December 31, 1994:
  Reserves and allowances deducted
    from asset accounts:
      Allowance for doubtful accounts           1,240              997                                                   2,237
      Allowance for possible reinsurance
        uncollectible amounts                     101               14                                                     115

Year Ended December 31, 1993:
  Reserves and allowances deducted from
    asset accounts:
      Allowance for doubtful accounts           1,307                                                      67 (a)        1,240
      Allowance for possible reinsurance
        uncollectible amounts                      47               54                                                     101

</TABLE>





(a)--Recovered during the period


                                      F-34

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                SCHEDULE VI--SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION CONCERNING
                     PROPERTY/CASUALTY INSURANCE OPERATIONS




                 FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                             (Thousands of Dollars)
                              (Net of Reinsurance)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Col. A           Col. B       Col. C     Col. D   Col. E    Col. F   Col. G         Col. H           Col. I   Col. J   Col. K
- ----------------    --------     ---------    ------  -------- --------- -------   ------------------   --------  --------  -------
                                                                                   Claims and Claim
                                   Net                                            Adjustment Expenses Amortization
                    Deferred  Unpaid Claims Discount,                     Total  Incurred Related to  of Deferred Paid Claims
                     Policy     and Claim   if any,     Net                Net      (1)       (2)       Policy     and Claim   Net
 Affiliation      Acquisition  Adjustment Deducted in Unearned  Earned Investment Current    Prior   Acquisition Adjustment Premiums
with  Registrant     Costs      Expenses   Column C   Premiums Premiums   Income    Year     Years      Costs      Expenses  Written
- ----------------- -----------  ---------  ---------- --------- -------- --------- --------- ---------   --------  --------- --------
<S>                  <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
1995 Consolidated   $18,797     $294,393             $101,741  $196,220    30,055  $126,764   $(7,514)   $42,258   $93,559   220,757
1994 Consolidated    13,213      263,202               77,339   156,755    22,975    97,044    13,874     30,463    64,202   187,288
1993 Consolidated     6,820      216,486               46,672   116,372    22,371    74,267     3,314     17,327    46,169   118,819
</TABLE>






                                      F-35




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  Registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                          FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

                                      By:   /s/    WALTER A. RHULEN
                                          --------------------------------
                                                      Walter A. Rhulen
                                           Chairman of the Board and President

                                           Date:   March 27, 1996


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this annual
report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following  persons on behalf of
the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  Signature and Title                         Date
                  ---------------------                      ------

<S>                                                      <C>
        /s/            WALTER A. RHULEN                   March 27, 1996
        ----------------------------------------
                    Walter A. Rhulen
            Chairman of the Board, President
                      and Director
              (Principal Executive Officer)


        /s/              PETER L. RHULEN                  March 27, 1996
        ----------------------------------------
                     Peter L. Rhulen
               Vice President and Director


        /s/           LAWRENCE E. O'BRIEN                 March 27, 1996
        ----------------------------------------
                   Lawrence E. O'Brien
                        Director


        /s/            DOUGLAS C. MOAT                    March 27, 1996
        ----------------------------------------
                     Douglas C. Moat
                        Director


        /s/            DENNIS F. PLANTE                   March 27, 1996
        ----------------------------------------
                    Dennis F. Plante
              Sr. Vice President - Finance
                      and Treasurer
        (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS


<S>                                                                                           <C>
3.1(a)   Copy of Registrant's Restated Certificate of Incorporation.........................  (1)

3.2      Copy of Registrant's By-Laws.......................................................  (2)

10.1     Copy of Registrant's Stock Option Plan, including forms of option..................  (1)

10.2(a)  Copy of Employment Agreement between Registrant
             and Walter A. Rhulen...........................................................  (5)

10.6     Copy of Registrant's Profit Sharing Plan...........................................  (2)

10.7     Copy of Asset Purchase Agreement between Registrant
             and Rhulen Agency, Inc.........................................................  (3)

10.8     Copy of Insurance Placement Agreement between Frontier
             Insurance Company and Markel Service, Incorporated.............................  (3)

10.9     Copy of Agency Agreement between Frontier Insurance Company
             and Markel Service, Incorporated...............................................  (3)

10.10    Copy of Registrant's 1992 Incentive and Non-Incentive
             Stock Option Plan..............................................................  (4)

10.11    Copy of Division of Business and Non-Competition Agreement
             between Markel Service, Inc. and Frontier Insurance Company....................  (4)

10.12    Description of Registrant's Executive Bonus Plan...................................  (5)

10.13    Copy of Credit Agreement between Registrant and The Bank of New York...............

11       Computation of Per Share Earnings

21(a)    List of Registrant's Subsidiaries

23       Consent of Independent Auditors



29       Schedule P of Annual  Statement for year ended December 31, 1995, filed
         as a paper  format  exhibit on Form SE pursuant  to Section  232.311 of
         Regulation ST, of Frontier  Insurance  Company and of Frontier  Pacific
         Insurance  Company,  as filed  with the New York  State  Department  of
         Insurance and the California Department of Insurance, respectively
</TABLE>

- ---------------------
(1)  Filed  as  the  same  numbered  Exhibit  to the  Registrant's  Registration
     Statement  on Form S-1  (File  No.  33-7340)  and  incorporated  herein  by
     reference.

(2)  Filed as the same  numbered  Exhibit to the  Registrant's  Annual Report on
     Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988 and  incorporated  herein by
     reference.

(3)  Filed as the same  numbered  Exhibit to the  Registrant's  Annual Report on
     Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989 and  incorporated  herein by
     reference.

(4)  Filed as the same  numbered  Exhibit to the  Registrant's  Annual Report on
     Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992 and  incorporated  herein by
     reference.

(5)  Filed as the same  numbered  Exhibit to the  Registrant's  Annual Report on
     Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993 and  incorporated  herein by
     reference.





<PAGE>




<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

       FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.    1995 FORM 10-K   EXHIBIT 10.13
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------







                                CREDIT AGREEMENT



                                  by and among



                         FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.,


                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                    as Agent


                                       and


                            THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO





                           --------------------------

                                   $35,000,000

                           --------------------------




                            Dated as of June 29, 1995



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>




                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



1. DEFINITIONS AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION ...............................  1
   1 1   Definitions ........................................................  1
   1.2   Principles of Construction ......................................... 11

2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LOANS ................................................ 13
   2.1   Loans .............................................................. 13
   2.2   Notes  ............................................................. 13
   2.3   Notice of Borrowing  ............................................... 13
   2.4   Use of Proceeds  ................................................... 14
   2.5   Termination or Reduction of Commitments ............................ 14
   2.6   Prepayments of the Loans ........................................... 15
   2.7   Extension of Commitment Termination Date ........................... 15

3. PROCEEDS, PAYMENTS, CONVERSIONS, INTEREST, YIELD
   PROTECTION AND FEES .............................  ....................... 16
   3.1   Disbursement of the Proceeds of the Loans .......................... 16
   3.2   Payments  .......................................................... 17
   3.3   Conversions; Other Matters  ........................................ 17
   3.4   Interest Rates and Payment Dates ................................... 19
   3.5   Indemnification for Loss ........................................... 20
   3.6   Reimbursement for Costs, Etc. ...................................... 21
   3.7   Illegality of Funding .............................................. 22
   3.8   Option to Fund; Substituted Interest Rate .......................... 23
   3.9   Certificates of Payment and Reimbursement .......................... 24
   3.10  Taxes; Net Payments  ............................................... 24
   3.11  Commitment Fee  .................................................... 25

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES ........................................... 25
   4.1   Existence and Power ................................................ 25
   4.2   Authority  ......................................................... 25
   4.3   Binding Agreement  ................................................. 26
   4.4   Litigation  ........................................................ 26
   4.5   No Conflicting Agreements .......................................... 26
   4.6   Taxes  ............................................................. 26
   4.7   Compliance with Applicable Laws; Filings ........................... 27
   4.8   Governmental Regulations  .......................................... 27
   4.9   Federal Reserve Regulations; Use of Loan Proceeds .................. 27

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


   4.10  No Misrepresentation  .............................................. 28
   4.11  Plans  ............................................................. 28
   4.12  Environmental Matters  ............................................  28
   4.13  Financial and Annual Statutory Statements .......................... 29

5. CONDITIONS OF LENDING - LOANS ON THE FIRST BORROWING DATE  ............... 29
   5.1   Evidence of Corporate Action ....................................... 29
   5.2   Notes  ............................................................. 30
   5.3   Litigation ......................................................... 30
   5.4   Opinion of Special Counsel ......................................... 30
   5.5   Opinions of Counsel to the Borrower ................................ 30
   5.6   Payment of Fees .................................................... 30

6. CONDITIONS OF LENDING - ALL LOANS ........................................ 30
   6.1   Compliance  ........................................................ 30
   6.2   Loan Closings  ..................................................... 31

7. AFFIRMATIVE AND FINANCIAL COVENANTS  ..................................... 31
   7.1   Legal Existence  ................................................... 31
   7.2   Taxes  ............................................................. 31
   7.3   Insurance  ......................................................... 31
   7.4   Performance of Obligations ......................................... 32
   7.5   Condition of Property .............................................. 32
   7.6   Observance of Legal Requirements ................................... 32
   7.7   Financial Statements and Other Information ......................... 32
   7.8   Records  ........................................................... 33
   7.9   Authorizations  .................................................... 34
   7.10  Interest Coverage Ratio  ........................................... 34
   7.11  Debt Service Ratio  ................................................ 34
   7.12  FIC Statutory Capital and Surplus  ................................. 34
   7.13  FIC Total Adjusted Capital ......................................... 34
   7.14  FIC Compliance with IRIS Ratios  ................................... 34
   7.15  Participation in IRIS .............................................. 34
   7.16  Concerning the Tax Sharing Agreement  .............................. 34

8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS ....................................................... 35
   8.1   Liens  ............................................................. 35
   8.2   Dispositions  ...................................................... 35
   8.3   Acquisitions  ...................................................... 36
   8.4   Line of Business ................................................... 36
   8.5   Transactions with Affiliates  ...................................... 36
   8.6   Adoption of Pension Plans .......................................... 36


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


9. DEFAULT .................................................................. 36
     9.1   Events of Default ................................................ 36
     9.2   Contract Remedies ................................................ 38

10. THE AGENT ............................................................... 39
    10.1   Appointment ...................................................... 39
    10.2   Delegation of Duties ............................................. 39
    10.3   Exculpatory Provisions ........................................... 39
    10.4   Reliance by Agent ................................................ 40
    10.5   Notice of Default ................................................ 40
    10.6   Non-Reliance ..................................................... 41
    10.7   Indemnification .................................................. 41
    10.8   Agent in its Individual Capacity ................................. 42
    10.9   Successor Agent .................................................. 42

11. OTHER PROVISIONS ........................................................ 42
    11.1   Amendments, Waivers, Etc. ........................................ 42
    11.2   Notices .......................................................... 43
    11.3   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies ................................... 44
    11.4   Survival of Representations and Warranties ....................... 44
    11.5   Payment of Expenses and Taxes .................................... 44
    11.6   Lending Offices .................................................. 45
    11.7   Successors and Assigns ........................................... 45
    11.8   Counterparts ..................................................... 46
    11.9   Set-off and Sharing of Payments .................................. 47
    11.10  Indemnity ........................................................ 48
    11.11  Governing Law .................................................... 48
    11.12  Severability ..................................................... 48
    11.13  Integration ...................................................... 49
    11.14  Treatment of Certain Information ................................. 49
    11.15  Acknowledgments .................................................. 49
    11.16  Consent to Jurisdiction .......................................... 49
    11.17  Service of Process ............................................... 50
    11.18  No Limitation on Service or Suit ................................. 50
    11.19  WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY .......................................... 50

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A    List of Commitments, Lending Offices and Addresses for Notices



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

Exhibit    B    Form of Note
Exhibit    C    Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit    D    Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Borrower
Exhibit    E    Form of Opinion of Special Counsel
Exhibit    F    Form of Assignment and Acceptance Agreement
Exhibit    G    Form of Negotiated Rate Advance Request
Exhibit    H    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit    I    List of Other Expenses


SCHEDULES

Schedule 4.4    List of Litigation
Schedule 8.1    List of Existing Liens





<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>




     CREDIT  AGREEMENT,  dated  as of  June  29,  1995,  by and  among  FRONTIER
INSURANCE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"),  THE BANK OF NEW
YORK ("BNY") and such other Lenders becoming parties hereto from time to time in
accordance with the provisions  hereof (each a "Lender" and,  collectively,  the
"Lenders") and BNY, as agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the "Agent").

1. DEFINITIONS AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

     1.1 Definitions

     When used  herein,  each of the  following  terms  shall  have the  meaning
ascribed thereto unless the context hereof otherwise specifically requires:

     "ABR  Advances":  the Loans (or any portions  thereof) at such time as they
(or such portions) are made or are being  maintained at a rate of interest based
upon the Alternate Base Rate.

     "Accumulated Funding Deficiency": as defined in Section 302 of ERISA.

     "Acquisition": with respect to any Person, any consolidation or merger into
or  with  another  Person,   or  the  acquisition  by  such  Person  of  all  or
substantially  all of the assets of another Person,  or the entry by such Person
into a binding  agreement to do any of the foregoing  which is not contingent on
obtaining the consent of the Required Lenders.

     "Advance":  an ABR  Advance,  a Fixed  Rate  Advance or a  Negotiated  Rate
Advance, as the case may be.

     "Affected Advance": as defined in Section 3.8(b).

     "Affiliate":  with respect to any Person at any time and from time to time,
any other Person (other than a consolidated subsidiary of such Person) which, at
such time (a) controls  such Person,  (b) is controlled by such Person or (c) is
under  common  control  with such Person.  The term  "control",  as used in this
definition  with  respect to any Person,  means the power,  whether  direct,  or
indirect through one or more intermediaries, to


                                     - 3 -
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

direct or cause the  direction  of the  management  and policies of such Person,
whether  through the  ownership  of voting  securities  or other  interests,  by
contract or otherwise.

     "Aggregate  Commitment  Amount":  at any  date,  the sum of the  Commitment
Amounts of all Lenders on such date.

     "Agreement":   this  Credit   Agreement,   as  the  same  may  be  amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

     "Alternate  Base Rate":  for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater
of (a) the BNY Rate in effect on such day, or (b) 0.50% plus the  Federal  Funds
Effective Rate (rounded, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1% or, if




                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


there is no nearest  1/100 of 1%, then to the next higher 1/100 of 1%) in effect
on such day.

     "Annual Statutory  Statement":  with respect to each Insurance  Subsidiary,
any financial statement,  together with related rates and schedules,  which such
Insurance Subsidiary is obligated to file on an annual basis with any Applicable
Insurance Regulatory Authority.

     "Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority":  with respect to any Insurance
Subsidiary,  the insurance department or similar Governmental  Authority located
in the jurisdiction in which such Insurance  Subsidiary is domiciled and, to the
extent that it has any regulatory authority over such Insurance  Subsidiary,  in
each other jurisdiction in which such Insurance Subsidiary is licensed.

     "Applicable Lending Office": in respect of each Lender and for each Type of
Loan,  the  "Lending  Office" of such Lender (or of an Affiliate of such Lender)
designated  for such  Type of Loan on  Exhibit  A or such  other  office of such
Lender (or of an  Affiliate of such Lender) as such Lender may from time to time
specify to the Agent and the  Borrower  as the office by which its Loans of such
Type are to be made and maintained.

     "Assessment  Rate":  with respect to any CD Interest Period applicable to a
CD Advance,  the rate  (expressed as a decimal,  rounded,  if necessary,  to the
nearest  1/100 of 1% or, if there is no  nearest  1/100 of 1%,  then to the next
higher 1/100 of 1%), as reasonably  determined by the Agent at the  commencement
of such  Interest  Period,  to be the current  maximum  annual  assessment  rate
(exclusive  of any  credits)  payable by BNY to the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  (or any  successor)  for insurance of domestic time deposits at the
principal office of BNY in New York City.

     "Assignment": as defined in Section 11.7(c).

     "Assignment  and  Acceptance  Agreement":   an  assignment  and  acceptance
agreement executed by an assignor and an assignee pursuant to which,  subject to
the terms and conditions hereof, the assignor assigns to the assignee all or any
portion of such assignor's  Loans,  Notes and Commitment,  substantially  in the
form of Exhibit F.



                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


     "Assignment Fee": as defined in Section 11.7(c).

     "Authorized Control Level Risk-Based Capital": the amount, as calculated by
the NAIC as the risk-based capital requirement for  property/casualty  insurance
companies,  set forth on page 20, line 26 of the Annual  Statutory  Statement of
FIC most recently filed with the New York State  Department of Insurance,  or if
such amount is not set forth in such  Statement,  the amount  required to be set
forth on such page and line in any other Annual Statutory  Statement of FIC most
recently filed with an Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority.

     "Benefited Lender": as defined in Section 11.9(b).

     "BNY  Rate":  a rate of  interest  per annum  equal to the rate of interest
publicly  announced in New York City by BNY from time to time as its prime rate,
such rate to be adjusted automatically (without notice) on the effective date of
any change in such publicly announced rate.

     "Borrowing Date": each date upon which one or more Loans is made.

     "Borrowing Request": a request for Loans in the form of Exhibit C.

     "CD Advance": a given portion of the Loans selected by the Borrower to bear
interest  during a CD Interest  Period  selected  by the  Borrower at a rate per
annum based upon a CD Rate determined with reference to such CD Interest Period,
all pursuant to and in accordance with Sections 2.3 and 3.3.

     "CD Interest  Period":  the period  commencing on any Domestic Business Day
selected  by the  Borrower  in  accordance  with  Section 2.3 or Section 3.3 and
ending  30,  60, 90 or 180 days  thereafter,  as  selected  by the  Borrower  in
accordance with such Sections, provided, however, that if any CD Interest Period
would  otherwise  end on a day which is not a  Domestic  Business  Day,  such CD
Interest  Period  shall  be  extended  to the  immediately  succeeding  Domestic
Business Day.




                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



     "CD Rate":  with respect to each CD Advance and as determined by the Agent,
a rate of interest per annum (rounded, if necessary,  to the nearest 1/100 of 1%
or, if there is no nearest  1/100 of 1%,  then to the next  higher  1/100 of 1%)
equal to the sum of (i) the  Assessment  Rate,  plus (ii) the product of (a) the
Dealer Bid Rate, and (b) Statutory Reserves.

     "Code":  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be amended,  or
any successor thereto, and the rules and regulations issued thereunder,  as from
time to time in effect.

     "Commitment":  in respect of any Lender, such Lender's  undertaking to make
Loans to the  Borrower,  subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  hereof,  in an
aggregate  outstanding  principal amount not exceeding the Commitment  Amount of
such Lender.

     "Commitment  Amount":  as of any date and with  respect to any Lender,  the
amount set forth adjacent to its name under the heading  "Commitment  Amount" in
Exhibit  A on such  date or, in the  event  that  such  Lender is not  listed in
Exhibit A, the  "Commitment  Amount"  which such Lender  shall have assumed from
another Lender in accordance  with Section 11.7 on or prior to such date, as all
of the same may be  adjusted  from time to time  pursuant  to  Sections  2.5 and
11.7(c).

     "Commitment Fee": as defined in Section 3.11.

     "Commitment  Percentage":  as of any date and with respect to any Lender, a
fraction the numerator of which is such Lender's Commitment Amount on such date,
and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Commitment Amount on such date.

     "Commitment Period": the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending
on  the  Commitment  Termination  Date  or  such  earlier  date  as  all  of the
Commitments shall have been terminated in accordance herewith.

     "Commitment  Termination  Date":  December  31,  1999,  as the  same may be
extended from time to time in accordance with Section 2.7.



                                     - 7 -

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


     "Compensatory Interest Payment": as defined in Section 3.4(c).

     "Compliance Certificate": a certificate in the form of Exhibit H.

     "Consolidated":  the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis
in accordance with GAAP.

     "Contingent  Obligation":  as to any Person (the "secondary obligor"),  any
obligation of such secondary obligor (a) guaranteeing or in effect  guaranteeing
any return on any investment made by another Person,  or (b)  guaranteeing or in
effect  guaranteeing  any  Indebtedness,  lease,  dividend  or other  obligation
("primary  obligations")  of any other  Person (the  "primary  obligor")  in any
manner,  whether  directly  or  indirectly,  including  any  obligation  of such
secondary  obligor,  whether  contingent,  (i)  to  purchase  any  such  primary
obligation or any Property  constituting  direct or indirect security  therefor,
(ii) to  advance  or supply  funds (A) for the  purchase  or payment of any such
primary  obligation or (B) to maintain  working capital or equity capital of the
primary  obligor or  otherwise  to  maintain  the net worth or  solvency  of the
primary obligor,  (iii) to purchase  Property,  securities or services primarily
for the purpose of assuring the  beneficiary  of any such primary  obligation of
the ability of the primary  obligor to make payment of such primary  obligation,
(iv)  otherwise  to assure or hold  harmless  the  beneficiary  of such  primary
obligation  against  loss  in  respect  thereof,  and  (v)  in  respect  of  the
Indebtedness  of any  partnership in which such  secondary  obligor is a general
partner,  except to the extent that such  Indebtedness  of such  partnership  is
nonrecourse  to such  secondary  obligor and its  separate  Property;  provided,
however, that the term "Contingent Obligation" shall not include the indorsement
of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.

     "Continuing Lenders": as defined in Section 2.7(b).

     "Control Person": as defined in Section 3.6.

     "Convert",  "Conversion", and "Converted": each a reference to a conversion
pursuant to Section 3.3 of one Type of Loan into another Type of Loan.


                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



     "Dealer  Bid  Rate":  with  respect to each CD  Advance,  the  average,  as
determined by the Agent (rounded,  if necessary,  to the nearest 1/100 of 1% or,
if there is no nearest 1/100 of 1%, then to the next higher 1/100 of 1%), of the
rate per annum  determined by BNY to be the rate per annum bid at or about 11:00
A.M. on the first day of the Interest  Period  applicable  to such CD Advance by
two or more New York City certificate of deposit dealers of recognized  standing
selected by BNY for the  purchase on such day,  at par, of its  certificates  of
deposit in an amount approximately equal to its Commitment Percentage of such CD
Advance  and having a period to  maturity  approximately  equal to the  Interest
Period applicable to such CD Advance, provided, however, that if such quotations
from such dealers are not  available to BNY, such bank shall notify the Agent of
a reasonably  equivalent rate determined by it on the basis of another source or
sources selected by it.

     "Debt  Service  Ratio":  for any period,  the ratio of  Dividend/Investment
Income for such period to  Interest  Expense and  Principal  Reduction  for such
period.

     "Default":  any of the events  specified in Section 9.1, whether or not any
requirement  for the giving of notice,  the lapse of time, or both, or any other
condition, has been satisfied.

     "Disposition":  with respect to any Person, any sale, assignment,  transfer
or other  disposition  by such  Person,  by any means,  of any  Property of such
Person.

     "Dividend/Investment  Income":  for any period,  the sum of (a) stockholder
dividends  permitted by law to be paid to the Borrower by FIC during such period
without prior  regulatory  approval,  (b) net investment  income received by the
Borrower  in cash  during such  period on  investments  held by the  Borrower in
entities  which are not Affiliates of the Borrower and (c) the gross amount paid
to the Borrower during such period by its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  under the
Tax Sharing Agreement,  minus the aggregate amount of taxes paid by the Borrower
during such period on behalf of itself and its Consolidated Subsidiaries.

     "Dollar" or "$": lawful currency of the United States of America.


                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



     "Domestic  Business Day":  any day (other than a Saturday,  Sunday or legal
holiday in the State of New York) on which  banks are open for  business  in New
York City.

     "Effective Date": June 29, 1995.

     "Employee  Benefit  Plan":  an employee  benefit plan within the meaning of
Section 3(3) of ERISA  maintained,  sponsored or contributed to by the Borrower,
any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate.

     "ERISA":  the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
from time to time,  or any  successor  thereto,  and the  rules and  regulations
issued thereunder, as from time to time in effect.

     "ERISA  Affiliate":  when used with  respect to an Employee  Benefit  Plan,
ERISA, the PBGC or a provision of the Code pertaining to employee benefit plans,
any Person that is a member of any group of organizations  within the meaning of
Sections  414(b)  or (c) of the Code  or,  solely  with  respect  to  applicable
provisions  of the  Code,  Sections  414(m)  or (o) of the  Code,  of which  the
Borrower or any Subsidiary is a member.

     "Eurodollar Advance": a given portion of the Loans selected by the Borrower
to bear interest  during an Interest  Period  selected by the Borrower at a rate
per annum  based  upon a  Eurodollar  Rate  determined  with  reference  to such
Interest Period, all pursuant to and in accordance with Sections 2.3 and 3.3.

     "Eurodollar Business Day": any Domestic Business Day, other than a Domestic
Business Day on which banks are not open for dealings in Dollar  deposits in the
London interbank market.

     "Eurodollar  Interest  Period":  the period  commencing  on any  Eurodollar
Business Day selected by the Borrower in accordance  with Section 2.3 or Section
3.3 and ending  one,  two,  three or six months  thereafter,  as selected by the
Borrower in accordance with such Sections, subject to the following:


                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



          (i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a
Eurodollar  Business  Day,  such  Interest  Period  shall  be  extended  to  the
immediately  succeeding  Eurodollar  Business  Day  unless  the  result  of such
extension  would  be to  carry  the end of such  Interest  Period  into  another
calendar  month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the Eurodollar
Business Day immediately preceding such day; and

          (ii)  if any  Interest  Period  shall  begin  on the  last  Eurodollar
Business Day of a calendar  month (or on a day for which there is no numerically
corresponding  day in the calendar  month at the end of such  Interest  Period),
such  Interest  Period  shall end on the last  Eurodollar  Business  Day of such
latter calendar month.

     "Eurodollar   Rate":  with  respect  to  each  Eurodollar  Advance  and  as
determined by the Agent, a rate of interest per annum (rounded, if necessary, to
the nearest  1/16 of 1% or, if there is no nearest  1/16 of 1%, then to the next
higher 1/16 of 1%) equal to a fraction,  the  numerator of which is the rate per
annum  quoted  by BNY at  approximately  11:00  A.M.  New York  time (or as soon
thereafter as practicable)  two Eurodollar  Business Days prior to the first day
of such Interest Period to leading banks in the interbank  eurodollar  market as
the rate at which BNY is offering  Dollar  deposits  in an amount  approximately
equal to its  Commitment  Percentage  of such  Eurodollar  Advance  and having a
period to maturity approximately equal to the Interest Period applicable to such
Eurodollar  Advance,  and the  denominator  of which is an amount  equal to 1.00
minus the aggregate of the then stated maximum rates during such Interest Period
of all reserve  requirements  (including marginal,  emergency,  supplemental and
special reserves), expressed as a decimal, established by the Board of Governors
of the Federal  Reserve System and any other banking  authority to which BNY and
other  major  United  States  money  center  banks are  subject,  in  respect of
eurocurrency liabilities without benefit of credits for proration, exceptions or
offsets which may be available from time to time to BNY.

     "Event of Default":  any of the events  specified in Section 9.1,  provided
that any  requirement  for the giving of notice,  the lapse of time, or both, or
any other condition has been satisfied.

     "Extension Request": as defined in Section 2.7.

                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



     "Federal Funds Effective Rate": for any period, a fluctuating interest rate
per annum equal for each day during such period to the  weighted  average of the
rates on  overnight  Federal  funds  transactions  with  members of the  Federal
Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or,
if such day is not a Domestic  Business  Day,  for the next  preceding  Domestic
Business Day) by the Federal  Reserve Bank of New York,  or, if such rate is not
so published for any day which is a Domestic Business Day, the average (rounded,
if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1% or, if there is no nearest 1/100 of 1%,
then to the  next  higher  1/100 of 1%) of the  quotations  for such day on such
transactions  received  by  the  Agent  from  three  Federal  funds  brokers  of
recognized standing selected by the Agent.

     "FIC":   Frontier   Insurance   Company,  a  New  York  corporation  and  a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower.

     "FIC Contribution":  the capital contribution to be made by the Borrower to
FIC on or before July 1, 1995 in an amount up to $45,000,000.

     "Financial Statements": as defined in Section 4.13(a).

     "Fixed Rate": a CD Rate or a Eurodollar Rate, as the case may be.

     "Fixed Rate Advance": a CD Advance or a Eurodollar Advance, as the case may
be.

     "GAAP":  generally accepted  accounting  principles as from time to time in
effect in the United States.

     "Governmental  Authority":  any foreign, federal, state, municipal or other
government,  or  any  department,  commission,  board,  bureau,  agency,  public
authority or instrumentality thereof, or any court or arbitrator.

     "Highest Lawful Rate":  the maximum rate of interest,  if any, which at any
time or from time to time may be contracted for,  taken,  charged or received on
the  Loans or the  Notes or which may be owing to any  Lender  pursuant  to this
Agreement under the laws applicable to such Lender and this Agreement.

                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



     "Indebtedness":  as to any Person,  at a particular time, all items of such
Person which  constitute,  without  duplication,  (a)  indebtedness for borrowed
money or the deferred  purchase price of Property (other than trade payables and
accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business),  (b) indebtedness
evidenced by notes, bonds,  debentures or similar  instruments,  (c) obligations
with respect to any  conditional  sale or other title retention  agreement,  (d)
indebtedness arising under acceptance  facilities and the amount available to be
drawn  under all  letters of credit  issued for the  account of such Person and,
without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder to the extent such Person shall
not have  reimbursed  the  issuer in  respect  of the  issuer's  payment of such
drafts,  (e) all  liabilities  secured by any Lien on any Property owned by such
Person even though such Person shall not have assumed or otherwise become liable
for the payment  thereof  (other  than  carriers',  warehousemen's,  mechanics',
repairmen's or other like non-consensual Liens arising in the ordinary course of
business),  (f) that portion of any obligation of such Person, as lessee,  which
in accordance  with GAAP is required to be  capitalized  on the balance sheet of
such Person, and (g) Contingent Obligations; provided that, for purposes of this
definition,  Indebtedness  shall not include  obligations in respect of interest
rate caps, collars, exchanges, swaps or other similar agreements.

     "Indemnified Liabilities": as defined in Section 11.5.

     "Insurance Subsidiary": a Subsidiary engaged in insurance underwriting.

     "Interest Coverage Ratio": for any period, the ratio of Dividend/Investment
Income to Interest Expense for such period.

     "Interest  Expense":  for any  period,  the sum of all  interest  and Other
Expenses  (other than income tax  expenses)  of the  Borrower  for such  period,
excluding dividends paid by the Borrower to shareholders during such period.

     "Interest Expense and Principal Reduction":  for any period, the sum of (i)
all Interest  Expense of the  Borrower  for such period and (ii) the amount,  if
any, by which the  Aggregate  Commitment  Amount is required to be reduced under
Section 2.5(b) for such period.


                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


     "Interest  Payment Date":  (i) as to any ABR Advance,  the last day of each
March,  June,  September  and December  commencing  on the first of such days to
occur after such ABR Advance is made or any Fixed Rate  Advance is  converted to
an ABR  Advance,  (ii) as to any Fixed  Rate  Advance  in  respect  of which the
Borrower has  selected an Interest  Period of one, two or three months or 30, 60
or 90 days,  the last day of such Interest  Period,  (iii) as to any  Negotiated
Rate Advance in respect of which the  Borrower  has  selected a Negotiated  Rate
Interest Period of 90 days or less, the last day of such Interest  Period,  (iv)
as to any  Eurodollar  Advance in respect of which the  Borrower has selected an
Interest  Period  greater than three months,  the last day of the third month of
such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period, and (v) as to any
CD Advance or  Negotiated  Rate  Advance  in respect of which the  Borrower  has
selected an Interest Period greater than 90 days, each 90th day of such Interest
Period and the last day of such Interest Period.

     "Interest Period": a CD Interest Period, a Eurodollar  Interest Period or a
Negotiated Rate Period, as the case may be.

     "IRIS": the Insurance Regulatory Information System maintained by the NAIC.

     "IRIS Ratio": the financial ratios used under IRIS to measure the financial
condition  of insurance  companies,  as the same may be revised by the NAIC from
time to time.

     "Level Event": a Company Action Level Event, Regulatory Action Level Event,
Authorized Control Level Event or Mandatory Control Level Event, or any event of
similar import, as defined by the NAIC for its calculation of risk-based capital
requirements of property/casualty insurance companies.

     "Lien": any mortgage,  pledge,  assignment,  lien,  charge,  encumbrance or
security  interest of any kind,  or the interest of a vendor or lessor under any
conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement.

     "Loan  Documents":  this  Agreement  and,  upon the  execution and delivery
thereof, the Notes.

                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



     "Loans": as defined in Section 2.1.

     "Margin Stock": any "margin stock", as said term is defined in Regulation U
of the Board of  Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System,  as the same may be
amended or supplemented from time to time.

     "Material  Adverse":  with  respect  to any  change or  effect,  a material
adverse  change  in,  or  effect  on,  as the  case  may be,  (i) the  financial
condition,  operations,  business, prospects or Property of the Borrower and the
Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (ii) the ability of the Borrower to perform its
obligations under the Loan Documents.

     "Multiemployer  Plan":  a Pension  Plan  which is a  multiemployer  plan as
defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

     "NAIC":  the  National  Association  of  Insurance  Commissioners,  or  any
Governmental Authority succeeding to the functions thereof.

     "Negotiated  Rate":  a rate per annum  agreed  to in  writing  between  the
Borrower and the Agent, after consultation with the Lenders,  pursuant to and in
accordance with Section 2.3(b).

     "Negotiated  Rate  Advance":  a given portion of the Loans  selected by the
Borrower  to bear  interest  during a  Negotiated  Rate  Period  selected by the
Borrower at a Negotiated Rate.

     "Negotiated Rate Advance Request":  a request by the Borrower,  in the form
of Exhibit G, for a Negotiated Rate Advance.

     "Negotiated  Rate Period":  as to any Negotiated  Rate Advance,  the period
commencing  on the date of such  Negotiated  Rate Advance and ending on the date
requested in the Negotiated Rate Advance Request with respect to such Negotiated
Rate  Advance,  which  shall not be  earlier  than 7 days after the date of such
Advance or later than such period as shall be agreed to by the  Borrower and the
Agent after the date of such Advance; provided,  however, that if any Negotiated
Rate Interest Period would end on a


                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


day other than a Domestic  Business Day, such Interest  Period shall be extended
to the next  succeeding  Domestic  Business  Day,  unless  such next  succeeding
Domestic  Business  Day would be a date on or after the  Commitment  Termination
Date.  Interest  shall accrue from and  including  the first day of a Negotiated
Rate  Interest  Period to but  excluding  the last day of such  Negotiated  Rate
Interest Period.

     "Negotiated Rate Loan": each loan from a Lender to the Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.3(b).

     "1994 Annual Statutory Statement": as defined in Section 4.13(b).

     "Non-Extending Lender": as defined in Section 2.7(b).

     "Note": as defined in Section 2.2.

     "Other Expenses": expenses listed on Exhibit I.

     "PBGC": the Pension Benefit Guaranty  Corporation  established  pursuant to
Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to the
functions thereof.

     "Pension  Plan":  at any time,  any  Employee  Benefit  Plan  (including  a
Multiemployer  Plan) the funding  requirements  of which  (under  Section 302 of
ERISA or  Section  412 of the Code)  are,  or at any time  within  the six years
immediately  preceding such date, were, in whole or in part, the  responsibility
of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or an ERISA Affiliate.

     "Person":  any individual,  firm,  partnership,  limited liability company,
joint  venture,  corporation,  association,  business  enterprise,  joint  stock
company,  unincorporated association, trust, Governmental Authority or any other
entity, whether acting in an individual,  fiduciary,  or other capacity, and for
the purpose of the definition of "ERISA Affiliate", a trade or business.

                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



     "Primary Iris Ratio":  any of the items  numbered 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 under
the caption "FIC results" on page 2 of the Compliance  Certificate  Computations
attached to Exhibit H.

     "Property":  in respect of any Person, all types of real, personal or mixed
property  and all types of tangible or  intangible  property  owned or leased by
such Person.

     "Proposed Lender": as defined in Section 3.6(c).

     "Quarterly  Statement":  with  respect to each  Insurance  Subsidiary,  any
financial  statement  which such Insurance  Subsidiary is obligated to file on a
quarterly basis with any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority.

     "Regulatory Change": (a) the introduction or phasing in of any law, rule or
regulation  after the date hereof,  (b) the issuance or  promulgation  after the
date hereof of any  directive,  guideline  or request  from any central  bank or
United States or foreign Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force
of law),  or (c) any change after the date hereof in the  interpretation  of any
existing law, rule, regulation,  directive,  guideline or request by any central
bank or  United  States  or  foreign  Governmental  Authority  charged  with the
administration thereof, in each case with respect to banks in general.

     "Required Lenders": at any time prior to the Commitment Termination Date or
such  earlier  date as all of the  Commitments  shall  have  terminated  or been
terminated in accordance herewith, Lenders having Commitment Amounts equal to or
more than 66 2/3% of the Aggregate  Commitment  Amount,  and at all other times,
Lenders holding Notes having an unpaid  principal  balance equal to or more than
66 2/3% of all Loans outstanding.

     "SAP":  with  respect to each Annual  Statutory  Statement,  the  statutory
accounting  practices  which, in accordance with applicable law, are required to
be used in connection with the preparation of such Annual Statutory Statement.

                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



     "Secondary  Iris Ratio":  any of the items  numbered 1, 1a, 2, 9, 10 and 11
under  the  caption  "FIC  results"  on  page  2 of the  Compliance  Certificate
Computations attached to Exhibit H.

     "Senior Officer":  with respect to the Borrower, its Chairman of the Board,
President, Vice President, Finance or Treasurer.

     "Special Counsel": Emmet, Marvin & Martin, LLP, or any other counsel as the
Agent shall retain as its counsel in connection herewith.

     "Statutory  Capital and Surplus":  the amount presently reported on line 25
of page 3 of the Annual Statutory Statement of any Insurance Subsidiary.

     "Statutory Reserves":  with respect to each CD Advance and as determined by
the Agent, a decimal (rounded,  if necessary,  to the nearest 1/100 of 1% or, if
there is no nearest 1/100 of 1%, then to the next higher 1/100 of 1%) equal to a
fraction,  the numerator of which is 1.00, and the  denominator of which is 1.00
minus the aggregate at the  commencement  of the Interest  Period  applicable to
such CD Advance of the reserve percentages established by the Board of Governors
of the  Federal  Reserve  System and  applicable  to BNY for  non-personal  time
deposits in Dollars  over  $100,000  having a period to  maturity  approximately
equal to such Interest Period.

     "Subsidiary":  at  any  time  and  from  time  to  time,  any  corporation,
association,  partnership,  limited  liability  company,  joint venture or other
business  entity of which the Borrower  and/or any  Subsidiary  of the Borrower,
directly or  indirectly  at such time,  either (a) in respect of a  corporation,
owns or controls more than 50% of the  outstanding  stock having ordinary voting
power to elect a majority of the board of  directors or similar  managing  body,
irrespective  of whether a class or classes  shall or might have voting power by
reason of the happening of any contingency, or (b) in respect of an association,
partnership,  limited liability company, joint venture or other business entity,
is  entitled  to  share in more  than 50% of the  profits  and  losses,  however
determined.

     "Tax Sharing  Agreement":  a Federal Income Tax Allocation  Agreement to be
entered into, subject to any required regulatory approvals,  among the Borrower,
FIC, Pioneer


                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


Claim Management,  Inc., Medical Professional Liability Agency, Ltd. and Spencer
Douglass Insurance Company,  substantially in the form submitted to the Agent on
June 26, 1995.

     "Total  Adjusted  Capital":  with  respect to any  Person,  the sum of such
Person's  Statutory  Capital and Surplus and such other items as are provided in
the NAIC's  risk-based  capital  instructions  for  calculating  Total  Adjusted
Capital.

     "Type": with respect to any Loan, the characteristic of such Loan as an ABR
Advance, a CD Advance,  a Eurodollar Advance or a Negotiated Rate Advance,  each
of which constitutes a Type of Loan.

     "Unqualified Amount": as defined in Section 3.4(c).

     1.2 Principles of Construction

     (a) All capitalized terms defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings
given such capitalized terms herein when used in the other Loan Documents or any
certificate,  opinion or other  document  made or delivered  pursuant  hereto or
thereto, unless otherwise expressly provided therein.

     (b) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, the word "fiscal" when used
herein  shall  refer to the  relevant  fiscal  period  of the  Borrower.  Unless
otherwise   specified  herein,   all  accounting  terms  used  herein  shall  be
interpreted,  all  accounting  determinations  hereunder  shall be made, and all
financial  statements  required to be delivered  hereunder  shall be prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles as in effect from time
to time,  applied on a basis consistent  (except for changes concurred in by the
Borrower's  independent  public  accountants)  with the then most recent audited
Consolidated  financial  statements  of the  Borrower  delivered to the Lenders,
provided,  however,  that if either (i) the Borrower notifies the Agent that the
Borrower  wishes to  eliminate  the effect of any change in  generally  accepted
accounting  principles on the operation of any covenant  contained in Section 7,
or (ii) the Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders wish to effect
such an elimination,  then the Borrower's compliance with such covenant shall be
determined  on the basis of generally


                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


accepted  accounting  principles  without  giving  effect to such change,  until
either (A) such notice is withdrawn by the party giving such notice, or (B) such
covenant is amended in a manner  satisfactory  to the  Borrower and the Required
Lenders to reflect such change in generally accepted accounting principles.

     (c) The words  "hereof",  "herein",  "hereto" and  "hereunder"  and similar
words when used in each Loan  Document  shall  refer to such Loan  Document as a
whole and not to any particular  provision of such Loan  Document,  and Section,
schedule  and  exhibit  references  contained  therein  shall  refer to Sections
thereof or schedules or exhibits  thereto unless  otherwise  expressly  provided
therein.

     (d) All references  herein to a time of day shall mean the then  applicable
time in New York, New York, unless otherwise expressly provided herein.

     (e)  Section  headings  have  been  inserted  in  the  Loan  Documents  for
convenience  only and shall not be  construed to be a part  thereof.  Unless the
context otherwise requires, words in the singular number include the plural, and
words in the plural include the singular.

     (f) Whenever in any Loan Document or in any  certificate  or other document
made or delivered pursuant thereto, the terms thereof require that a Person sign
or execute the same or refer to the same as having  been so signed or  executed,
such terms shall mean that the same shall be, or was, duly signed or executed by
(i) in respect of any Person that is a corporation,  any duly authorized officer
thereof, and (ii) in respect of any other Person (other than an individual), any
analogous counterpart thereof, in either case in respect of whom the Agent shall
have received an incumbency certificate in all respects reasonably  satisfactory
to the Agent.

     (g) The words "include" and  "including",  when used in each Loan Document,
shall  mean  that  the same  shall  be  included  "without  limitation",  unless
otherwise specifically provided.


                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



     (h)  Interest  on the Loans  shall be  calculated  such that the same shall
accrue  commencing  on, and  including,  the date of the making  thereof to, but
excluding, the date of the payment or deemed payment thereof.

2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LOANS

     2.1 Loans

     Subject to the terms and conditions hereof,  each Lender severally (and not
jointly) agrees to make loans (each a "Loan" and,  collectively  with each other
Loan of such Lender and/or with each Loan of each other Lender,  the "Loans") to
the Borrower from time to time during the Commitment Period, during which period
the  Borrower  may borrow,  prepay and  reborrow  Loans in  accordance  with the
provisions  hereof,  provided that (i) the aggregate unpaid principal balance of
each Lender's Loans shall at no time exceed such Lender's Commitment Amount, and
(ii) immediately  after making each Loan, the aggregate unpaid principal balance
of all Loans shall not exceed the  Aggregate  Commitment  Amount.  The principal
amount of each Lender's  Loan made on a Borrowing  Date shall be an amount equal
to its  Commitment  Percentage  of all Loans made on such  date.  Subject to the
provisions  of  Sections  2.3 and 3.3,  Loans may be made as (a) one or more ABR
Advances,  (b) one or more Eurodollar Advances, (c) one or more CD Advances, (d)
one or more Negotiated Rate Advances or (e) any combination thereof.

     2.2 Notes

     The Loans made by each Lender shall be  evidenced  by a promissory  note of
the  Borrower,  substantially  in the form of Exhibit B (each,  as  indorsed  or
modified  from time to time,  a "Note"),  payable  to the order of such  Lender,
dated the first Borrowing Date, and in the maximum stated principal amount equal
to such Lender's Commitment Amount.

     2.3 Notice of Borrowing

                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



     (a) ABR and Fixed Rate Advances.  The Borrower  agrees to notify the Agent,
which notification  shall be irrevocable,  no later than 11:00 A.M. at least (a)
on the same Domestic Business Day, in the case of ABR Advances, (b) two Domestic
Business Days, in the case of a CD Advance,  and (c) three  Eurodollar  Business
Days,  in the case of a  Eurodollar  Advance,  in each such  case  prior to each
proposed  Borrowing  Date,  specifying  the  aggregate  amount  requested  to be
borrowed  under the  Commitments,  the  proposed  Borrowing  Date,  whether  the
borrowing is to be of one or more ABR Advances, one or more Fixed Rate Advances,
or a combination thereof and the amount of each thereof, and the Interest Period
for each Fixed  Rate  Advance,  which  notice  shall be  promptly  confirmed  by
delivery to the Agent of a Borrowing Request,  provided,  however, that (i) each
Eurodollar  Advance to be made on a Borrowing  Date,  when  aggregated  with all
amounts to be Converted to a Eurodollar Advance on such date and having the same
Interest Period as such first Eurodollar Advance,  shall equal $5,000,000] or an
integral  multiple of $1,000,000 in excess  thereof,  (ii) each CD Advance to be
made on a Borrowing  Date, when aggregated with all amounts to be Converted to a
CD Advance on such date and  having  the same  Interest  Period as such first CD
Advance,  shall equal $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess
thereof,  and (iii) each ABR  Advance  made on each  Borrowing  Date shall equal
$5,000,000 or an integral  multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof or, if less,
the  excess  of the  Aggregate  Commitment  Amount  over  the  aggregate  unpaid
principal  balance of all Loans. The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender (by
telephone  or  otherwise,  such notice to be  confirmed  by  facsimile  or other
writing) of such borrowing  request.  Subject to its receipt of each such notice
from the Agent and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender shall
make  immediately  available  funds  available  to  the  Agent  at  the  address
designated in Section 11.2 not later than 1:00 P.M. on each Borrowing Date in an
amount equal to such Lender's  Commitment  Percentage of the Loans  requested by
the Borrower on such Borrowing Date.

     (b) Negotiated  Rate Advances.  The Borrower may request a Negotiated  Rate
Advance by delivering to the Agent, by facsimile or otherwise, a Negotiated Rate
Advance  Request by no later than 11:00 A.M. at least one Domestic  Business Day
prior  to the  requested  Borrowing  Date  for  such  Negotiated  Rate  Advance,
specifying the aggregate  amount requested to be borrowed under the Commitments,
the proposed  Borrowing  Date and the  proposed  Negotiated  Rate  Period.  Each
Negotiated  Rate  Advance  shall


                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


be in an aggregate  principal amount equal to $5,000,000 or an integral multiple
of  $1,000,000  in excess  thereof  or,  if less,  the  excess of the  Aggregate
Commitment  Amount over the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all Loans. The
Borrower and the Agent, after consultation with the Lenders,  may, but shall not
be  obligated  to,  agree  in  writing  (by  facsimile  or  otherwise)  upon the
applicable Negotiated Rate for such Negotiated Rate Advance, and the Agent shall
deliver to each Lender a copy of such written agreement.  Subject to its receipt
of each such  written  agreement  from the Agent  and  subject  to the terms and
conditions hereof, each Lender shall make immediately  available funds available
to the Agent at the address  therefor  set forth in Section  11.2 not later than
1:00 P.M. on each Borrowing Date in an amount equal to such Lender's  Commitment
Percentage  of the  Negotiated  Rate Loans  requested  by the  Borrower  on such
Borrowing Date.

     2.4 Use of Proceeds

     The Borrower agrees that the proceeds of the Loans shall be used solely (i)
to make  the FIC  Contribution  and (ii) for the  Borrower's  general  corporate
purposes,  including Acquisitions,  not inconsistent with the provisions hereof.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained in any Loan  Document,  the
Borrower  further  agrees that no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used,
directly or indirectly, for a purpose which violates any law, rule or regulation
of any Governmental Authority, including the provisions of Regulations G, U or X
of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

     2.5 Termination or Reduction of Commitments

          (a) Voluntary Termination or Reductions.  At the Borrower's option and
upon at least three  Domestic  Business  Days' prior  irrevocable  notice to the
Agent,  (i) the Borrower may terminate the  Commitments  at any time or (ii) the
Borrower may permanently  reduce the Aggregate  Commitment Amount in part at any
time and from  time to  time,  provided,  however,  that (1) each  such  partial
reduction  shall be in an amount  equal to at least  $3,000,000  or an  integral
multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (2) immediately after giving effect to
each such reduction,  the Aggregate  Commitment Amount shall equal or exceed the
aggregate  outstanding  principal balance of all Loans and (3)


                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


each such  partial  reduction  shall be applied in  reduction  of the  scheduled
reduction amounts in the Aggregate Commitment Amount set forth in Section 2.5(b)
below, in the order of such mandatory reductions.

          (b) Mandatory Reductions.  On each date set forth below, the Aggregate
Commitment  Amount  shall be  permanently  reduced in the amount set forth below
next to such date:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Amount of Reduction in
           Date                        Aggregate Commitment Amount
           ----                        ---------------------------
           <S>                                 <C>
           December 31, 1996                   $5,000,000
           December 31, 1997                   $5,000,000
           December 31, 1998                   $5,000,000
           Commitment Termination
           Date                               $20,000,000.

</TABLE>

     (c) In General.  Each reduction of the Aggregate Commitment Amount shall be
made by reducing each Lender's Commitment Amount by a sum equal to such Lender's
Commitment Percentage of the amount of such reduction.

     2.6 Prepayments of the Loans

          (a) Voluntary Prepayments. The Borrower may, at its option, prepay the
Loans, in whole or in part,  without premium or penalty,  but subject to Section
3.5,  at any time and from time to time,  by  notifying  the Agent in writing at
least three  Eurodollar  Business Days, in the case of prepayments of Eurodollar
Advances,  two Domestic Business Days, in the case of prepayments of CD Advances
or  Negotiated  Rate  Advances,  or one  Domestic  Business  Day, in the case of
prepayments  of an ABR  Advances,  prior  to the  proposed  prepayment  date and
specifying  (i) the amount to be prepaid,  and (ii) and the date of  prepayment.
Upon receipt of each such notice,  the Agent shall  promptly  notify each Lender
thereof.  Each such notice given by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.6(a)
shall be irrevocable. Each partial prepayment under this Section 2.6(a) shall be
in a minimum  amount of  $3,000,000  or an integral  multiple of  $1,000,000  in
excess thereof.


                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


          (b) Mandatory  Prepayments.  Simultaneously with each reduction of the
Aggregate  Commitment  Amount pursuant to Section 2.5, the Borrower shall prepay
the Loans by the amount, if any, by which the aggregate unpaid principal balance
of the  Loans  exceeds  the  amount  of the  Aggregate  Commitment  Amount as so
reduced.  Any such  prepayment  made  pursuant to this  Section  2.6(b) shall be
applied  to the  outstanding  principal  balance  of  Loans  of a Type  and,  if
applicable,  with an Interest Period, to be selected by the Borrower,  provided,
however, that each such prepayment shall be subject to the provisions of Section
3.5.

          (c) In General.  Simultaneously  with each prepayment  hereunder,  the
Borrower  shall prepay all accrued  interest on the amount  prepaid  through the
date of prepayment.

     2.7 Extension of Commitment Termination Date

          (a)  Provided  that no Default or Event of Default  shall  exist,  the
Borrower  may  request  that the  Commitment  Period be  extended  for up to two
additional one year periods by giving written notice thereof (each an "Extension
Request")  to the Agent at any time during the period  which is not more than 60
days nor less than 30 days prior to the then current Commitment Termination Date
and,  upon receipt of each such  notice,  the Agent shall  promptly  notify each
Lender  thereof.   Subject  to  Section  2.7(b),  the  then  current  Commitment
Termination Date shall not be extended unless and until each Lender, in its sole
and absolute  discretion,  shall have consented on or after the 30th day, but no
later than the 20th day, prior to the then current Commitment  Termination Date,
in  writing,  to such  request,  in which  event such then  existing  Commitment
Termination  Date shall be extended to the date occurring one year from the date
of the last such  consent.  In the event that any Lender  shall not have granted
its consent to an Extension  Request,  the then current  Commitment  Termination
Date shall  remain in effect.  Each Lender which shall have failed so to respond
within the required period shall be deemed not to have consented to an Extension
Request.  In the event that any Lender  declines to grant an Extension  Request,
the Agent shall notify the Borrower of the name of each such Lender.

          (b)  Notwithstanding  any provision of Section 2.7(a) to the contrary,
in the event Lenders having Commitment  Amounts equal to or more than 75% of the
Aggregate  Commitment  Amount desire to extend the Commitment  Termination  Date
pursuant to Section 2.7(a) (the "Continuing  Lenders"),  the Borrower shall have
the right,  provided no Default or Event


                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


of  Default  shall have  occurred  and be  continuing,  to replace or remove any
Lender  that does not  desire  to  extend  the  Commitment  Termination  Date (a
"Non-Extending  Lender") by giving the Agent notice, no later than 15 days prior
to the then current  Commitment  Termination  Date,  of its intent to extend the
Commitment  Termination  Date.  On or  prior  to  the  then  current  Commitment
Termination Date, the Borrower shall, with respect to each Non-Extending Lender,
either (i)  reduce the  Aggregate  Commitment  Amount to an amount  equal to the
aggregate  Commitment Amount of the Continuing  Lenders and pay to the Agent for
the  account of such  Non-Extending  Lender  all  principal,  interest,  accrued
Commitment Fees and other amounts owing to such  Non-Extending  Lender under the
Loan Documents (in which case the Commitment of such Non-Extending  Lender shall
automatically  terminate),  or (ii) replace such  Non-Extending  Lender.  In the
event of a replacement of a  Non-Extending  Lender,  such  Non-Extending  Lender
agrees to assign its rights and  obligations  under the Loan Documents to a bank
selected by the Borrower with the consent of the Agent (which  consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld) upon payment by such bank to such Non-Extending Lender
of such Non-Extending  Lender's  Commitment  Percentage of all outstanding Loans
and accrued interest, fees and other sums payable under the Loan Documents,  and
to execute and deliver such  documents  evidencing  such  assignment as shall be
necessary or reasonably requested by the Borrower and reasonably satisfactory to
such Non-Extending  Lender. In the event that the Borrower shall have elected to
replace or remove a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.7(b), then on the date, if
any,  upon which all of the  Borrower's  obligations  under this Section  2.7(b)
shall have been satisfied,  the then existing Commitment  Termination Date shall
be  extended to the day which is one year after the date such  obligations  were
satisfied (or, if such day is not a Domestic Business Day, the Domestic Business
Day immediately  preceding such day),  provided,  however,  that if the Borrower
shall  not have  satisfied  such  obligations  on or prior to the then  existing
Commitment  Termination  Date,  such  Commitment  Termination  Date shall not be
extended.


3. PROCEEDS, PAYMENTS, CONVERSIONS, INTEREST, YIELD PROTECTION AND FEES

3.1 Disbursement of the Proceeds of the Loans

                                     - 26 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



     The Agent shall disburse the proceeds of the Loans at its office designated
in Section 11.2 by crediting  the funds  received from each Lender to an account
of the Borrower maintained with the Agent. The Agent shall have no obligation to
advance any funds not received from a Lender.

     3.2 Payments

          (a) Each payment, including each prepayment, of principal and interest
on the Loans,  of the Commitment Fee, and of all of the other amounts to be paid
to the Agent and the Lenders in connection  with this Agreement shall be made by
the  Borrower  to the Agent at its  office  set forth in  Section  11.2 in funds
immediately available in New York by 1:00 P.M. on the due date for such payment.
The  failure  of the  Borrower  to make any such  payment by such time shall not
constitute a default  hereunder,  provided that such payment is made on such due
date, but any such payment made after 1:00 P.M. on such due date shall be deemed
to have been made on the next Domestic Business Day or Eurodollar  Business Day,
as the  case  may  be,  for the  purpose  of  calculating  interest  on  amounts
outstanding  on the Loans.  Promptly  upon  receipt  thereof by the Agent,  each
payment of principal and interest on the Loans shall be remitted by the Agent in
like funds as  received  to each  Lender (i) first,  pro rata  according  to the
amount of interest which is then due and payable to the Lenders, and (2) second,
pro rata  according to the amount of principal  which is then due and payable to
the Lenders.  Promptly  upon receipt  thereof by the Agent,  each payment of the
Commitment  Fee shall be remitted by the Agent in like funds as received to each
Lender  pro  rata  according  to such  Lender's  Commitment  Amount  or,  if the
Commitments  shall  have  terminated  or  been  terminated,   according  to  the
outstanding principal balance of such Lender's Loans.

          (b) If any  payment  hereunder  or under  the  Loans  shall be due and
payable on a day which is not a Domestic  Business  Day or  Eurodollar  Business
Day, as the case may be, the due date thereof  (except as otherwise  provided in
the  definition  of  Eurodollar  Interest  Period) shall be extended to the next
Domestic  Business  Day or  Eurodollar  Business  Day,  as the case may be,  and
(except  with  respect to payments in respect of the  Commitment  Fee)  interest
shall be payable at the applicable rate specified herein during such extension.

     3.3 Conversions; Other Matters

                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



          (a) The  Borrower  may  elect at any  time  and  from  time to time to
Convert one or more Fixed Rate  Advances or  Negotiated  Rate Advances to an ABR
Advance  by  giving  the  Agent at  least  one  Domestic  Business  Day's  prior
irrevocable  notice of such election,  specifying the amount to be so Converted,
provided,  that any such  Conversion  shall  only be made on the last day of the
Interest  Period  applicable to each such Fixed Rate Advance.  In addition,  the
Borrower  may elect from time to time to  Convert  an ABR  Advance to any one or
more new Fixed Rate Advances or  Negotiated  Rate Advances or to Convert any one
or more existing  Fixed Rate Advances or Negotiated  Rate Advances to any one or
more new Fixed Rate Advances or Negotiated  Rate Advances by giving the Agent at
least one  Domestic  Business  Days'  prior  notice,  in the case of a requested
Conversion to a Negotiated  Rate Advance (which shall in all cases be subject to
the provisions of Section 2.3(b),  two Domestic Business Days' prior irrevocable
notice,  in the  case of a  Conversion  to a CD  Advance,  or  three  Eurodollar
Business  Days'  prior  irrevocable  notice,  in the case of a  Conversion  to a
Eurodollar Advance,  of such election,  specifying the amount to be so Converted
and the initial  Interest  Period relating  thereto,  provided that (i) any such
Conversion  of an  Advance  to a  Eurodollar  Advance  shall  only  be made on a
Eurodollar  Business Day, (ii) any such Conversion of an Advance to a CD Advance
shall only be made on a Domestic  Business Day, and (iii) any such Conversion of
an existing  Fixed Rate Advance or a Negotiated  Rate Advance shall only be made
on the last day of the  Interest  Period  applicable  thereto.  The Agent  shall
promptly  provide the Lenders  with notice of each such  election.  Loans may be
Converted  pursuant to this Section 3.3 in whole or in part,  provided  that (1)
the amount to be Converted to each Eurodollar Advance,  when aggregated with any
Eurodollar Advance to be made on such date in accordance with Section 2.3(a) and
having the same Interest Period as such first  Eurodollar  Advance,  shall equal
$5,000,000  or an integral  multiple of $1,000,000  in excess  thereof,  (2) the
amount to be Converted to each CD Advance,  when  aggregated with any CD Advance
to be made on such date in  accordance  with Section  2.3(a) and having the same
Interest Period as such first CD Advance,  shall equal $5,000,000 or an integral
multiple of  $1,000,000  in excess  thereof and (3) the amount  requested  to be
Converted to each Negotiated  Rate Advance,  when aggregated with any Negotiated
Rate  Advance  to be made on such date in  accordance  with  Section  2.3(b) and
having the same  Negotiated  Rate and Interest  Period as such first  Negotiated
Advance,  shall equal $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess
thereof.

          (b) Notwithstanding  anything in this Agreement to the contrary,  upon
the occurrence  and during the  continuance of a Default or an Event of Default,
the Borrower shall


                                     - 28 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


have no right to elect to Convert any  existing  ABR Advance to a new Fixed Rate
Advance or to request a Negotiated Rate Advance or to Convert any existing Fixed
Rate Advance or Negotiated Rate Advance to a new Fixed Rate Advance or requested
Negotiated Rate Advance.  In such event, such ABR Advance shall be automatically
continued  as an ABR  Advance  or such Fixed Rate  Advance  or  Negotiated  Rate
Advance  shall be  automatically  Converted to an ABR Advance on the last day of
the Interest  Period  applicable to such Fixed Rate Advance or  Negotiated  Rate
Advance, as the case may be.

          (c) Each such Conversion  shall be effected by each Lender by applying
the proceeds of the new ABR Advance,  Fixed Rate Advance or requested Negotiated
Rate Advance,  as the case may be, to the existing  Advance (or portion thereof)
being Converted (it being understood that such Conversion shall not constitute a
borrowing for purposes of Sections 4, 5 or 6).

          (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Loan Document:

               (i) if the  Borrower  shall  have  failed  to elect a Fixed  Rate
          Advance or request a Negotiated  Rate Advance  (with  respect to which
          the  Borrower  and the Agent shall have agreed upon an interest  rate)
          under Section 2.3 or 3.3, as the case may be, in  connection  with any
          borrowing  of new  Loans or  expiration  of an  Interest  Period  with
          respect to any existing Fixed Rate Advance or Negotiated Rate Advance,
          the amount of the Loans  subject to such  borrowing  or such  existing
          Fixed Rate Advance or Negotiated  Rate Advance shall  thereafter be an
          ABR Advance until such time, if any, as the Borrower shall elect a new
          Fixed  Rate  Advance  pursuant  to  this  Section  3.3  or  request  a
          Negotiated Rate Advance pursuant to Section 2.3(b),

               (ii) the Borrower shall not be permitted to select any Fixed Rate
          Advance  the  Interest  Period in respect of which ends later than the
          date upon which all of the  Commitments  shall  have been  voluntarily
          terminated by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.5,

               (iii)  when  electing  a  Fixed  Rate  Advance  or  requesting  a
          Negotiated  Rate  Advance,  the  Interest  Period in  respect of which
          extends  beyond any date on which a mandatory  scheduled  repayment is
          required  pursuant to Section 2.7, the Borrower  shall


                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


          select  Interest  Periods  such that,  on such date,  the  outstanding
          principal  balance of all ABR  Advances,  when added to the  aggregate
          principal  balance of each  Fixed Rate  Advance  and  Negotiated  Rate
          Advance  the  Interest  Periods in respect of which shall end prior to
          such date, shall equal or exceed the amount of the reduction  required
          to be made on such date, and

               (iv) the  Borrower  shall  not be  permitted  to have more than 5
          Advances, in the aggregate, outstanding at any one time.

     3.4 Interest Rates and Payment Dates

          (a) Prior to Maturity.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4(b)
and  Section  3.4(c),  the Loans  shall bear  interest  on the unpaid  principal
balance  thereof at the  applicable  interest  rate or rates per annum set forth
below next to the applicable Type:

             TYPE                                     RATE
             ----                                     ----
            Each ABR Advance                          Alternate Base Rate.

            Each Eurodollar Advance                   Eurodollar Rate applicable
                                                      thereto plus 0.625%.

            Each CD Advance                           CD Rate applicable thereto
                                                      plus 0.750%.

            Each Negotiated Rate                      Negotiated Rate applicable
            Advance                                   thereto.



          (b) Default Rate. To the extent  permitted by law, upon the occurrence
and during the  continuance of any Event of Default,  the aggregate  outstanding
principal



                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


balance of the Loans  shall bear  interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate
otherwise applicable pursuant to subsection 3.4(a) plus 2.0%.

          (c) Highest  Lawful  Rate.  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary
contained in this Agreement,  at no time shall the interest rates payable on the
Loans, together with the Commitment Fee and other amounts payable hereunder,  to
the extent the same constitute or are deemed to constitute interest,  exceed the
Highest  Lawful  Rate.  If in  respect  of any  period  during  the term of this
Agreement,  any amount paid hereunder, to the extent the same shall (but for the
provisions of this Section 3.4) constitute or be deemed to constitute  interest,
would exceed the maximum amount of interest permitted by the Highest Lawful Rate
during such period (such amount being hereinafter referred to as an "Unqualified
Amount"),  then (i) such Unqualified  Amount shall be applied or shall be deemed
to have been applied as a prepayment of the Loans, and (ii) if in any subsequent
period  during the term of this  Agreement,  all amounts  payable  hereunder  in
respect  of such  period  which  constitute  or shall be  deemed  to  constitute
interest  shall be less than the  maximum  amount of interest  permitted  by the
Highest  Lawful Rate  during such  period,  then the  Borrower  shall pay to the
Lenders in  respect  of such  period an amount  (each a  "Compensatory  Interest
Payment")  equal  to the  lesser  of (x) a sum  which,  when  added  to all such
amounts,  would equal the maximum  amount of interest  permitted  by the Highest
Lawful Rate during such period,  and (y) an amount equal to the aggregate sum of
all Unqualified Amounts less all other Compensatory Interest Payments.

          (d)  General.  Interest  shall be payable in arrears on each  Interest
Payment Date and, to the extent  provided in Section  2.6(c),  upon each payment
(including each prepayment) of the Loans. Any change in the interest rate on the
Loans  resulting  from  a  change  in  the  Alternate  Base  Rate,  any  reserve
requirement,  or any deposit  insurance  assessment shall become effective as of
the opening of business on the day on which such change shall become  effective.
The Agent shall, as soon as practicable,  notify the Borrower and the Lenders of
the effective  date and the amount of each such change in the BNY Rate,  but any
failure  to so notify  shall not in any  manner  affect  the  obligation  of the
Borrower to pay  interest on the Loans in the amounts and on the dates set forth
herein. Each determination by the Agent of the Alternate Base Rate, the CD Rate,
and the  Eurodollar  Rate pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be  conclusive  and
binding on the



                                     - 31 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

Borrower  absent manifest error.  The Borrower  acknowledges  that to the extent
interest  payable on the Loans is based on the Alternate Base Rate, such rate is
only one of the bases for computing  interest on loans made by the Lenders,  and
by basing  interest  payable on the ABR Advances on the Alternate Base Rate, the
Lenders  have not  committed  to  charge,  and the  Borrower  has not in any way
bargained for, interest based on a lower or the lowest rate at which the Lenders
may now or in the  future  make  extensions  of  credit  to other  Persons.  All
interest  (other than interest  calculated with reference to the BNY Rate) shall
be  calculated  on the basis of a  360-day  year for the  actual  number of days
elapsed,  and all interest  calculated  with  reference to the BNY Rate shall be
made on the basis of a 365/366 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

     3.5 Indemnification for Loss

     Notwithstanding  anything contained herein to the contrary, if the Borrower
shall fail to borrow or Convert an Advance  after it shall have given  notice to
do so in which it shall have requested a Fixed Rate Advance  pursuant to Section
2.3 or 3.3,  as the case may be, or if the  Borrower  shall  fail to borrow  any
Negotiated  Rate Advance  after it shall have  requested the same and shall have
agreed  with the  Agent,  in  writing,  as to the  applicable  interest  rate in
accordance with Section 2.3(b),  or if a Fixed Rate Advance or a Negotiated Rate
Advance shall be terminated for any reason prior to the last day of the Interest
Period  applicable  thereto,  or if any repayment or prepayment of the principal
amount of a Fixed Rate  Advance  or a  Negotiated  Rate  Advance is made for any
reason  on a date  which  is  prior  to the  last  day  of the  Interest  Period
applicable thereto, the Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender against, and to
pay on demand  directly  to such  Lender the amount  (calculated  by such Lender
using any method chosen by such Lender which is customarily  used by such Lender
for such  purpose)  equal to any loss or expense  suffered  by such  Lender as a
result of such failure to borrow or Convert,  or such termination,  repayment or
prepayment,  including  any loss,  cost or expense  suffered  by such  Lender in
liquidating  or employing  deposits  acquired to fund or maintain the funding of
such Fixed Rate Advance or such Negotiated Rate Advance,  as the case may be, or
redeploying  funds prepaid or repaid,  in amounts which correspond to such Fixed
Rate Advance or such Negotiated Rate Advance, as the case may be.

     3.6 Reimbursement for Costs, Etc.


                                     - 32 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


     (a) If at any time or from  time to time  there  shall  occur a  Regulatory
Change and any Lender  shall have  reasonably  determined  that such  Regulatory
Change (i) shall have had or will thereafter have the effect of reducing (A) the
rate of return on such Lender's capital or the capital of any Person directly or
indirectly owning or controlling such Lender (each a "Control  Person"),  or (B)
the asset value (for capital  purposes) to such Lender or such Control Person of
the Loans made or  maintained  by such  Lender,  in either case to a level below
that which such  Lender or such  Control  Person  could have  achieved  or would
thereafter be able to achieve but for such Regulatory  Change (after taking into
account such Lender's or such Control Person's policies regarding capital), (ii)
will impose,  modify or deem applicable any reserve,  asset,  special deposit or
special assessment requirements on deposits obtained in the interbank eurodollar
market or the domestic  certificate  of deposit  market in connection  with this
Agreement and the Notes (excluding,  with respect to any Fixed Rate Advance, any
such requirement  which is included in the  determination of the rate applicable
thereto),  (iii) will  subject  such  Lender to any tax  (documentary,  stamp or
otherwise)  with respect to this Agreement or any Note, or (iv) change the basis
of taxation of payments to such Lender of  principal,  interest or fees  payable
under this  Agreement or any Note (except for any tax, or changes in the rate of
tax on such Lender's net income) then, in each such case, but subject to Section
3.6(b),  within ten days after demand by such Lender,  the Borrower shall pay to
such Lender or such Control Person,  as the case may be, such additional  amount
or amounts,  as shall be sufficient  to  compensate  such Lender or such Control
Person,  as the case may be, for (1) any such  reduction  referred  to in clause
(a)(i)  of this  Section  3.6,  and (2) any  taxes,  losses,  costs or  expenses
(excluding  general  administrative  and overhead  costs)  attributable  to such
Lender's  compliance  during  the  term  hereof  with  such  Regulatory  Change.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no Lender shall be entitled to any compensation
described in this Section unless, at the time it requests such compensation,  it
is the policy or general  practice  of such Lender to request  compensation  for
comparable costs in similar  circumstances under comparable  provisions of other
credit   agreements  for   comparable   customers   unless   specific  facts  or
circumstances  applicable to the Borrower or the  transactions  contemplated  by
this  Agreement  would  alter such  policy or general  practice,  provided  that
nothing in this Section shall  preclude a Lender from waiving the  collection of
similar costs from one or more of its other customers.


                                     - 33 -

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


     (b) Each  Lender  agrees (i) to provide  the  Borrower  with notice of each
Regulatory  Change  which would  require the  Borrower to make a payment to such
Lender  under this  Section  3.6  promptly  upon such  Lender  obtaining  actual
knowledge  thereof and  determining  that it intends to require the  Borrower to
make such payment,  and (ii) to use reasonable  efforts to designate  another of
its then existing offices as its Applicable Lending Office if the making of such
designation  would,  without any adverse  effect (in the  determination  of such
Lender) to such  Lender,  avoid the need for,  or reduce  the amount of,  future
increased  costs  which are  likely to be  incurred  by such  Lender,  provided,
however,  that if such Lender fails to provide the  Borrower  with notice of any
such  Regulatory  Change  within 90 days after such Lender  shall have  obtained
actual knowledge  thereof and determined that it intends to require the Borrower
to make a payment  to it under  this  Section  3.6 with  respect  thereto,  such
Lender,  to the extent it provides  such notice to the Borrower  after such 45th
day,  shall only be entitled to such payment with respect to costs incurred from
and after the date which is 45 days prior to the date on which such notice is so
provided.

     (c) Each Lender may make  multiple  requests  for  compensation  under this
Section 3.6.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Lender requests compensation
pursuant to Section 3.6(a)(i) or (ii), the Borrower may require that such Lender
transfer all of its right,  title and  interest  under this  Agreement  and such
Lender's Notes to any lender identified by the Borrower (a "Proposed Lender") if
such Proposed  Lender agrees to assume all of the obligations of such Lender for
consideration equal to the outstanding principal balance of such Lender's Loans,
together  with  interest  thereon  to the date of such  transfer  and all  other
amounts  payable  hereunder  to such  Lender  on or  prior  to the  date of such
transfer  (including  any fees accrued  hereunder and any amounts which would be
payable  under Section 3.5 and Section  3.6(a) as if all of such Lender's  Loans
were being prepaid in full on such date).  Subject to the execution and delivery
of new  Notes,  an  instrument  of  assignment  and  assumption,  and such other
documents as such Lender may reasonably require, such Proposed Lender shall be a
"Lender" for all purposes  hereunder.  Without  prejudice to the survival of any
other  agreement  of the  Borrower  hereunder,  the  agreements  of the Borrower
contained in Sections 3.5,  3.6(a),  11.5 and 11.10 (without  duplication of any
payments  made to such Lender by the  Borrower  or the  Proposed  Lender)  shall
survive  for the  benefit of any Lender  replaced  under this  Section  3.6 with
respect to the time prior to such replacement. Amounts claimed by a



                                     - 34 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

Lender under this Section 3.6 shall be  determined  by such Lender in good faith
on a basis that  allocates  such  amounts  ratably  among all  borrowers  having
similar  agreements  with such Lender,  provided  that the  foregoing  shall not
prevent such Lender from waiving any claim against a particular  borrower.  Each
Lender agrees, in connection with any request by it for payment or reimbursement
under Sections 3.5 and 3.6 to provide the Borrower with a certificate  signed by
an officer of such Lender  setting forth a description  in reasonable  detail of
any such  payment  or  reimbursement.  Each  determination  by a Lender  of such
payment or reimbursement shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

           3.7     Illegality of Funding

     Notwithstanding  any other provision hereof, if any Lender shall reasonably
determine that any law, regulation,  treaty or directive,  or any change therein
or in the interpretation or application thereof, shall make it unlawful for such
Lender to make or maintain any Type of Fixed Rate Advance or any Negotiated Rate
Advance as contemplated by this Agreement, such Lender shall promptly notify the
Borrower and the Agent  thereof,  and (a) the  commitment of such Lender to make
such Type of Fixed Rate  Advances or Convert ABR  Advances to such Type of Fixed
Rate Advance  shall  forthwith be suspended,  and (b) such  Lender's  Loans then
outstanding as such Type of Fixed Rate Advance or as a Negotiated  Rate Advance,
if any,  shall be Converted  automatically  to an ABR Advance on the last day of
the then current Interest Period  applicable  thereto or at such earlier time as
may be required,  provided,  however,  that before making any such Conversion or
requiring any such suspension,  each Lender agrees to use reasonable  efforts to
designate another of its then existing offices as its Applicable  Lending Office
if the making of such a designation  would,  without any adverse  effect (in the
determination  of such Lender) to such Lender,  cause the making of such Type of
Fixed Rate Advances or such Negotiated Rate Advances, as the case may be, to not
be subject to this Section 3.7. If the  commitment of any Lender with respect to
any Type of Fixed Rate  Advance is  suspended  pursuant to this  Section 3.7 and
such Lender shall have obtained actual knowledge that it is once again legal for
such Lender to make or  maintain  such Type of Fixed Rate  Advance,  such Lender
shall  promptly  notify the Agent and the Borrower  thereof and, upon receipt of
such notice by each of the Agent and the Borrower,  such



                                     - 35 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

Lender's commitment to make or maintain such Type of Fixed Rate Advance shall be
reinstated.

     3.8 Option to Fund; Substituted Interest Rate

          (a) Each Lender has indicated  that, if the Borrower  requests a Fixed
Rate Advance or a Negotiated Rate Advance,  such Lender may wish to purchase one
or more  deposits  in order to fund or maintain  its  funding of its  Commitment
Percentage of such Fixed Rate Advance or such Negotiated Rate Advance during the
Interest Period with respect thereto; it being understood that the provisions of
this  Agreement  relating to such  funding,  if any, are  included  only for the
purpose of determining  the rate of interest to be paid in respect of such Fixed
Rate  Advance or such  Negotiated  Rate  Advance  and any  amounts  owing  under
Sections  3.5 and 3.6.  Each Lender  shall be entitled to fund and  maintain its
funding of all or any part of each Fixed Rate Advance and each  Negotiated  Rate
Advance in any manner it sees fit, but all such  determinations  hereunder shall
be made as if each Lender had  actually  funded and  maintained  its  Commitment
Percentage of each Fixed Rate Advance and each  Negotiated  Rate Advance  during
the  applicable  Interest  Period  through the purchase of deposits in an amount
equal to the amount of its Fixed Rate Advance or its  Negotiated  Rate  Advance,
and having a maturity corresponding to such Interest Period. Any Lender may fund
its Commitment  Percentage of each Fixed Rate Advance and each  Negotiated  Rate
Advance  from or for the  account of any branch or office of such Lender as such
Lender may choose from time to time.

          (b) In the event that (i) the Agent shall have  reasonably  determined
(which  determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that by
reason  of  circumstances  affecting  the  interbank  eurodollar  market  or the
domestic  certificate of deposit market either adequate and reasonable  means do
not  exist  for  ascertaining  the  Eurodollar  Rate or the CD  Rate  applicable
pursuant to Section 2.3 or Section 3.3, or (ii) the Required  Lenders shall have
notified the Agent that they have  reasonably  determined  (which  determination
shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower) that the applicable  Eurodollar
Rate or CD Rate, as the case may be, will not  adequately and fairly reflect the
cost to such Lenders of maintaining  or funding Loans bearing  interest based on
such Eurodollar Rate or CD Rate, as the case may be, with respect to any portion
of the Loans that the Borrower has  requested be made as a Fixed Rate Advance or
any Fixed Rate Advance  that will result from the  requested  Conversion  of any
portion of the



                                     - 36 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

     Loans into a Fixed Rate Advance (each,  an "Affected  Advance"),  the Agent
shall  promptly  notify the Borrower and the Lenders (by telephone or otherwise,
to be promptly  confirmed in writing) of such determination on or, to the extent
practicable,  prior to the requested  Borrowing Date or conversion date for such
Affected Advance. If the Agent shall give such notice, (A) any Affected Advances
shall be made as ABR Advances,  (B) the Loans (or any portion thereof) that were
to have been  Converted to Affected  Advances shall be Converted to or continued
as ABR Advances,  and (C) any outstanding  Affected Advances shall be Converted,
on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, to ABR
Advances.  Until any notice  under  clauses (i) or (ii),  as the case may be, of
this Section  3.8(b) has been withdrawn by the Agent (by notice to the Borrower)
promptly  upon either (x) the Agent having  determined  that such  circumstances
affecting the relevant  market no longer exist and that adequate and  reasonable
means do exist for  determining  the Eurodollar Rate or the CD Rate, as the case
may be,  pursuant  to Section 2.3 or Section  3.3, or (y) the Agent  having been
notified by such Required Lenders that  circumstances no longer render the Loans
(or any portion thereof)  Affected  Advances,  no further Fixed Rate Advances of
the  affected  Type shall be  required  to be made by the  Lenders nor shall the
Borrower  have the right to Convert all or any portion of the Loans to such Type
of Fixed Rate Advances.

     3.9 Certificates of Payment and Reimbursement

     Each Lender  agrees,  in  connection  with any request by it for payment or
reimbursement  pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.6,  to provide the  Borrower  with a
certificate, signed by an officer of such Lender, setting forth a description in
reasonable  detail  of  any  such  payment  or   reimbursement.   Each  Lender's
determination  of such  payment  or  reimbursement  shall be  conclusive  absent
manifest error, provided that such determination is made on a reasonable basis.

     3.10 Taxes; Net Payments

          (a) All payments made by the Borrower under the Loan  Documents  shall
be made free and clear of, and without reduction for or on account of, any taxes
required  by  law to be  withheld  from  any  amounts  payable  under  the  Loan
Documents.  In the event that the  Borrower  is  prohibited  by law from  making
payments  hereunder free of



                                     - 37 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

deductions or withholdings,  then the Borrower shall pay such additional amounts
to the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders,  as may be necessary in order that
the actual amounts  received by each Lender in respect of interest and any other
amounts payable hereunder or under the Notes after deduction or withholding (and
after payment of any  additional  taxes or other charges due as a consequence of
the payment of such  additional  amounts) shall equal the amount that would have
been received if such deduction or withholding  were not required.  In the event
that any such deduction or  withholding  can be reduced or nullified as a result
of the  application of any relevant double  taxation  convention,  the Agent and
each Lender will, at the expense of the Borrower, cooperate with the Borrower in
making  application to the relevant  taxing  authorities  seeking to obtain such
reduction  or  nullification,  unless  the  Agent  or  such  Lender  shall  have
determined that any such  application  would otherwise have an adverse effect on
the Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, provided,  however, that the Agent
and the Lenders shall have no  obligation  to engage in litigation  with respect
thereto.  If the  Borrower  shall make any  payments  under this Section 3.10 or
shall make any  deductions  or  withholdings  from amounts paid  hereunder,  the
Borrower shall  forthwith  forward to the Agent original or certified  copies of
official  receipts or other evidence  acceptable to the Agent  establishing such
payment and the Agent in turn shall  distribute  copies of such receipts to each
Lender.  If  payments  to a  Lender  hereunder  are  or  become  subject  to any
withholding,  such Lender shall  (unless  otherwise  required by a  Governmental
Authority  or as a  result  of any  law,  rule,  regulation,  order  or  similar
directive  applicable to such Lender) designate a different  Applicable  Lending
Office  to which  payments  are to be made  under the Loan  Documents  from that
initially  selected  by  such  Lender,  if such  designation  would  avoid  such
withholding and would not be otherwise  disadvantageous  to such Lender,  in the
opinion of such Lender,  in any respect.  In the event that a Lender  receives a
refund or credit for taxes paid by the Borrower  under this Section  3.10,  such
Lender shall  promptly  notify the Agent and the Borrower of such fact and shall
remit to the  Borrower  the amount of such  refund or credit  applicable  to the
payments made by the Borrower in respect of such Lender under this Section 3.10.

          (b) Each Lender not  incorporated  under the laws of the United States
or any  State  thereof  shall  deliver  to  the  Borrower  and  the  Agent  such
certificates,  documents,  or other  evidence  as the  Borrower  may  reasonably
require from time to time as are necessary to establish  that such Lender is not
subject to withholding under Section



                                     - 38 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

1441,  1442 or 3406 of the Code or as may be necessary to  establish,  under any
law imposing upon the Borrower, hereafter, an obligation to withhold any portion
of the payments made by the Borrower under the Loan Documents,  that payments to
the  Agent  on  behalf  of  such   Lender  are  not   subject  to   withholding.
Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Borrower shall have no
obligation  to pay to any  Lender  any amount  which the  Borrower  is liable to
withhold  due to the failure of such Lender to file any  statement  of exemption
required by the Code,  or to provide  such  information  as the  Borrower  shall
reasonably require to establish that such Lender is not subject to withholding.

           3.11    Commitment Fee

     The  Borrower  agrees to pay to the Agent for the  account of each  Lender,
during the Commitment  Period, a fee (the "Commitment  Fee"). The Commitment Fee
shall be  payable  quarterly  in arrears  on the last day of each  March,  June,
September and December of each year,  commencing on the last day of the calendar
quarter in which the Effective Date shall have  occurred,  and on the Commitment
Termination  Date,  at a rate per annum equal to 0.25% of the  aggregate  unused
Commitment  Amount of all  Lenders.  In  addition,  upon each  reduction  of the
Aggregate  Commitment  Amount, the Borrower shall pay the Commitment Fee accrued
on the  amount  of such  reduction  through  the  date of  such  reduction.  The
Commitment  Fee shall be  computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual
number of days elapsed.


4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the
Loans, the Borrower hereby makes the following representations and warranties to
the Agent and the Lenders:

     4.1 Existence and Power

     Each of the  Borrower  and the  Subsidiaries  is  duly  organized,  validly
existing  and in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of the  jurisdiction  of its
incorporation or formation,



                                     - 39 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

has all requisite corporate power and authority to own its Property and to carry
on its business as now  conducted,  and is in good standing and authorized to do
business as a domestic or foreign  corporation in each jurisdiction in which the
failure so to qualify could  reasonably  be expected to have a Material  Adverse
effect.

     4.2 Authority

     The Borrower has full corporate power and authority to enter into, execute,
deliver and perform the terms of the Loan Documents, all of which have been duly
authorized by all proper and necessary corporate action and are in compliance in
all material  respects with its  Certificate of  Incorporation  and By-Laws.  No
consent or approval of, or other action by,  shareholders  of the Borrower,  any
Governmental  Authority,  or any  other  Person  (which  has  not  already  been
obtained) is required to authorize in respect of the Borrower, or is required in
connection with the execution,  delivery, and performance by the Borrower of the
Loan Documents,  or is required as a condition to the enforceability of the Loan
Documents against the Borrower.

     4.3 Binding Agreement

     The Loan Documents  constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of
the Borrower,  enforceable in accordance with their respective terms,  except as
such  enforceability  may  be  limited  by  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,   moratorium  or  similar  laws  affecting  the  enforcement  of
creditors'  rights  generally  and  by  equitable  principles  relating  to  the
availability of specific performance as a remedy.

     4.4 Litigation

     Except  as  set  forth  on  Schedule  4.4,  there  are no  actions,  suits,
arbitration  proceedings  or  claims  (whether  purportedly  on  behalf  of  the
Borrower,  any  Subsidiary  or  otherwise)  pending or, to the  knowledge of any
Senior  Officer,  threatened  against the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  or any of
their respective Properties, or maintained by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, at
law or in equity,  before any  Governmental  Authority which could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse effect. There are no proceedings pending or,
to the knowledge of any Senior Officer,  threatened  against the Bor-


                                     - 40 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

rower  or  any   Subsidiary  (a)  which  call  into  question  the  validity  or
enforceability  of, or otherwise seek to invalidate  any Loan  Document,  or (b)
which might,  individually or in the aggregate,  materially and adversely affect
any of the transactions contemplated by any Loan Document.

     4.5 No Conflicting Agreements

          (a) Neither the Borrower nor any  Subsidiary  is in default  under any
agreement  to which it is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound
the effect of which could  reasonably  be  expected  to have a Material  Adverse
effect. No notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required for
the  due  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by the  Borrower  of the  Loan
Documents.

          (b)  No  provision  of any  existing  mortgage,  indenture,  contract,
agreement,  statute, rule, regulation,  judgment, decree or order binding on the
Borrower or any  Subsidiary  or  affecting  the  Property of the Borrower or any
Subsidiary  conflicts  with,  or requires any consent which has not already been
obtained  under,  or  would  in any  way  prevent  the  execution,  delivery  or
performance by the Borrower of the terms of, any Loan  Document.  The execution,
delivery or  performance by the Borrower of the terms of each Loan Document will
not constitute a default  under,  or result in the creation or imposition of, or
obligation  to  create,  any  Lien  upon the  Property  of the  Borrower  or any
Subsidiary  pursuant to the terms of any such mortgage,  indenture,  contract or
agreement.

     4.6 Taxes

     The  Borrower and each  Subsidiary  has filed or caused to be filed all tax
returns,  and has paid, or has made  adequate  provision for the payment of, all
taxes shown to be due and  payable on said  returns or in any  assessments  made
against them,  the failure of which to file or pay could  reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse effect,  and no tax Liens (other than Liens permitted
under Section 8.1) have been filed against the Borrower or any Subsidiary and no
claims are being  asserted with respect to such taxes which are required by GAAP
(as in effect on the Effective Date) to be reflected in the Financial Statements
and are not so  reflected  therein.  The  charges,



                                     - 41 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

accruals  and reserves on the books of the  Borrower  and each  Subsidiary  with
respect to all  federal,  state,  local and other  taxes are  considered  by the
management of the Borrower to be adequate,  and the Borrower  knows of no unpaid
assessment  which (a) could  reasonably  be expected to have a Material  Adverse
effect,  or (b) is or might be due and payable  against it or any  Subsidiary or
any Property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, except such thereof as are being
contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, and
for which adequate reserves have been set aside in accordance with GAAP.

     4.7 Compliance with Applicable Laws; Filings

     Neither the Borrower nor any  Subsidiary  is in default with respect to any
judgment,  order,  writ,  injunction,  decree or  decision  of any  Governmental
Authority which default could  reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
effect.  The  Borrower and each  Subsidiary  is  complying  with all  applicable
statutes, rules and regulations of all Governmental Authorities,  a violation of
which  could  reasonably  be  expected to have a Material  Adverse  effect.  The
Borrower  and  each  Subsidiary  has  filed  or  caused  to be  filed  with  all
Governmental Authorities all reports, applications,  documents,  instruments and
information  required  to be  filed  pursuant  to all  applicable  laws,  rules,
regulations and requests which, if not so filed, could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse effect.

     4.8 Governmental Regulations

     Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary nor any corporation controlling the
Borrower or any  Subsidiary  or under  common  control  with the Borrower or any
Subsidiary is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended,  the Public  Utility  Holding  Company Act of 1935, as amended,  or the
Federal  Power Act, or is subject to any statute or  regulation,  including  any
insurance  statute  or  regulation  governing  the  Borrower  and the  Insurance
Subsidiaries,  which  regulates the incurrence of  Indebtedness,  a violation of
which  would,  in any way,  affect the  validity or  enforceability  of the Loan
Documents.

     4.9 Federal Reserve Regulations; Use of Loan Proceeds


                                     - 42 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


     The  Borrower  is not  engaged  principally,  or as  one  of its  important
activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or
carrying  any margin  stock  within the meaning of  Regulation U of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.  No part of the proceeds of
the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, (a) for a purpose which violates
any law, rule or regulation of any Governmental  Authority,  including,  without
limitation,  Regulations  G, T, U or X of the Board of  Governors of the Federal
Reserve  System,  as amended,  (b) to purchase or carry  Margin  Stock or (c) to
extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin stock.

     4.10 No Misrepresentation

     No  representation  or  warranty  contained  in any  Loan  Document  and no
certificate  or written  report  furnished or to be furnished by the Borrower or
any  Subsidiary  in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and
thereby,  contains or will contain a misstatement  of material fact, or omits or
will omit to state,  as of its date,  a material  fact  required to be stated in
order to make the  statements  therein  contained not misleading in the light of
the circumstances under which made.

     4.11 Plans

     Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has a Pension Plan.

     4.12 Environmental Matters

     Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary (a) has received written notice nor
has any Senior Officer otherwise learned of any claim,  demand,  action,  event,
condition,  report or  investigation  indicating or concerning  any potential or
actual  liability which  individually  or in the aggregate  could  reasonably be
expected to have a Material  Adverse effect,  arising in connection with (i) any
non-compliance  with or violation of the requirements of any applicable federal,
state or local  environmental,  health or safety statute or regulation,  or (ii)
the release or threatened release of any toxic or hazardous waste,  substance or
constituent, or other substance into the environment,  (b) to the best knowledge
of any Senior Officer, has any threatened or actual liability in connection



                                     - 43 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

with  the  release  or  threatened  release  of any  toxic or  hazardous  waste,
substance  or  constituent,  or  other  substance  into  the  environment  which
individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse effect,  (c) has received  notice of any federal or state  investigation
evaluating  whether  any  remedial  action is needed to  respond to a release or
threatened release of any toxic or hazardous waste,  substance or constituent or
other substance into the environment for which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is
or would be liable,  which  liability  would  reasonably  be  expected to have a
Material  Adverse  effect,  or (d) has received  notice that the Borrower or any
Subsidiary  is  or  may  be  liable  to  any  Person  under  the   Comprehensive
Environmental  Response,  Compensation and Liability Act, as amended,  42 U.S.C.
Section  9601 et  seq.,  or any  analogous  state  law,  which  liability  would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse effect.  The Borrower and each
Subsidiary is in compliance  with the financial  responsibility  requirements of
federal and state  environmental laws to the extent applicable,  including those
contained in 40 C.F.R.,  parts 264 and 265,  subpart H, and any analogous  state
law,  except  in  those  cases in which  the  failure  so to  comply  would  not
reasonably  be  expected  to have a  Material  Adverse  effect.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary  contained herein, the  representations  and warranties
contained  in clauses  (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 4.12 shall not be deemed
made with respect to any such potential or actual liability arising solely under
any policy of  insurance  underwritten  or issued,  in whole or in part,  by the
Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  to,  or in favor of,  any  Person  other  than the
Borrower or any Subsidiary.

     4.13 Financial and Annual Statutory Statements

          (a) The Borrower has heretofore delivered to the Lenders copies of its
(i) audited  Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1994, and the related
Consolidated  Statements of Income,  Capital and Cash Flows, for the fiscal year
then ended, and (ii) unaudited  Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 1995,
and the related  Consolidated  Statement of Income,  Capital and Cash Flows, for
the fiscal quarter then ended (collectively, together with the related notes and
schedules, the "Financial Statements").  The Financial Statements fairly present
the  Consolidated  financial  condition  and  results of the  operations  of the
Borrower  and the  Subsidiaries  as of the dates and for the  periods  indicated
therein  and have been  prepared  in  conformity  with  GAAP as then in  effect.
Neither the Borrower nor any  Subsidiary  has any obligation or liability of any



                                     - 44 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

kind (whether  fixed,  accrued,  contingent,  unmatured or otherwise)  which, in
accordance  with  GAAP as then in  effect,  should  have been  disclosed  in the
Financial  Statements and was not.  Since  December 31, 1994,  there has been no
Material  Adverse  change,  including  as a result of any change in law, and the
Borrower  and the  Subsidiaries  have  conducted  their  businesses  only in the
ordinary course,  including  Acquisitions of or investments in insurance related
businesses.

          (b) The  Borrower  has also  delivered  to the  Lenders  a copy of the
Annual  Statutory  Statement,  as of December 31, 1994, of FIC (the "1994 Annual
Statutory  Statement").  The 1994 Annual Statutory Statement fairly presents, in
accordance  with SAP, the financial  condition and results of the  operations of
FIC as of the dates and for the periods  indicated therein and has been prepared
in conformity  with SAP. FIC has no obligation or liability of any kind (whether
fixed,  accrued,  contingent,  unmatured or otherwise) which, in accordance with
SAP, should have been disclosed in the 1994 Annual  Statutory  Statement and was
not, except that the Borrower  intends to file an amended 1994 Annual  Statutory
Statement with the New York Department of Insurance reflecting the status of its
owned real  Property,  which  amendment  will not  result in a Material  Adverse
change.


5. CONDITIONS OF LENDING - LOANS ON THE FIRST BORROWING DATE

     In addition to the  requirements  set forth in Section 6, the obligation of
each Lender to make one or more Loans on the first  Borrowing Date is subject to
the fulfillment of the following  conditions prior to or simultaneously with the
Effective Date:

     5.1 Evidence of Corporate Action

     The Agent shall have received a certificate,  dated the Effective  Date, of
the  Secretary  of the Borrower  (i)  attaching a true and complete  copy of the
resolutions  of its  Board of  Directors  and of all  documents  evidencing  all
necessary corporate action (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Agent)  taken  by it to  authorize  the  Loan  Documents  and  the  transactions
contemplated thereby, (ii) attaching a true



                                     - 45 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

and complete copy of its Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws, (iii) setting
forth the incumbency of the corporate  officer or officers who may sign the Loan
Documents,  including  therein  a  signature  specimen  of each  such  corporate
officer,  and (iv)  attaching a certificate of good standing of the Secretary of
State of the State of Delaware.

     5.2 Notes

     The  Borrower  shall  have  delivered  to the Agent  (for  delivery  to the
Lenders) the Note for each such Lender, executed by the Borrower.

     5.3 Litigation

     There shall be no injunction,  writ, preliminary restraining order or other
order  of  any  nature  issued  by any  Governmental  Authority  in any  respect
affecting  any  Loan  Document  or any  transaction  contemplated  by  the  Loan
Documents,  and no action or proceeding by or before any Governmental  Authority
shall have been commenced and be pending  seeking to prevent or delay any of the
foregoing or challenging any term or provision thereof or seeking any damages in
connection  therewith,  and the Agent shall have received a certificate,  in all
respects  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Agent,  of a Senior  Officer  to the
foregoing effect.

     5.4 Opinion of Special Counsel

     The Agent shall have  received from Special  Counsel an opinion,  dated the
Effective Date, in the form of Exhibit E.

     5.5 Opinions of Counsel to the Borrower

     The Agent shall have received the opinions of Epstein Becker & Green, P.C.,
counsel to the Borrower,  and Marvin L. Tepper, General Counsel of the Borrower,
each dated the Effective  Date,  substantially  to the effect of the matters set
forth in Exhibit D.

     5.6 Payment of Fees


                                     - 46 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


     The  Borrower  shall  have paid to the Agent and the  Lenders  all fees and
expenses which it shall have agreed to pay, to the extent such fees and expenses
shall have become payable on or prior to the Effective Date, and shall have paid
the reasonable fees and  disbursements  of Special Counsel which the Borrower is
obligated to pay in accordance with Section 11.5 and which shall have accrued up
to the Effective Date.


6. CONDITIONS OF LENDING - ALL LOANS

     The  obligation  of each Lender to make each Loan is subject to the receipt
by the Agent of a Borrowing Request executed by the Borrower and the fulfillment
of the following conditions precedent:

     6.1 Compliance

     On each Borrowing  Date, and after giving effect to the Loans to be made on
such Borrowing  Date,  (a) the Borrower  shall be in compliance  with all of the
terms,  covenants and conditions of each Loan Document in all material respects,
(b)  there  shall   exist  no  Default  or  Event  of   Default,   and  (c)  the
representations  and warranties  contained in this  Agreement  shall be true and
correct with the same effect as though such  representations  and warranties had
been made on such Borrowing Date, except those which are expressly  specified to
be made as of an earlier date.

     6.2 Loan Closings

     All documents  required by the  provisions  of this  Agreement to have been
executed or  delivered  by the  Borrower to the Agent or any Lender on or before
the  applicable  Borrowing  Date shall have been so executed or  delivered on or
before such Borrowing Date.


7. AFFIRMATIVE AND FINANCIAL COVENANTS


                                     - 47 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


     The Borrower  covenants and agrees that on and after the Effective Date and
until  the  later to occur of (a) the  Commitment  Termination  Date and (b) the
payment in full of the Notes,  the  Commitment  Fee and all other sums which are
then due and payable under the Loan Documents, the Borrower will:

     7.1 Legal Existence

     Except as may  otherwise be permitted by Section 8.3,  maintain,  and cause
each  Subsidiary to maintain,  its  corporate  existence in good standing in the
jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation and in each other jurisdiction in
which the  failure  so to do could  reasonably  be  expected  to have a Material
Adverse effect.

     7.2 Taxes

     Pay and discharge when due, and cause each  Subsidiary so to do, all taxes,
assessments,  governmental charges, license fees and levies upon or with respect
to the Borrower and such Subsidiary,  and upon the income,  profits and Property
thereof  unless,  and only to the extent,  that (i)(a) such taxes,  assessments,
governmental  charges,  license fees and levies shall be contested in good faith
and by  appropriate  proceedings  diligently  conducted  by the Borrower or such
Subsidiary,  and (b) such  reserve or other  appropriate  provision  as shall be
required  by GAAP shall have been made  therefor,  or (ii) the failure to pay or
discharge such taxes, assessments, governmental changes, license fees and levies
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse effect.

     7.3 Insurance

     Keep,  and  cause  each  Subsidiary  to keep,  insurance  with  responsible
insurance companies in such amounts and against such risks as is usually carried
by owners of similar  businesses  and  properties  in the same general  areas in
which the Borrower or such Subsidiary  operates,  provided that the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries may act as self-insurers in accordance with such self-insurance
retentions  and policy  deductibles  as are usual for such similar owners or are
otherwise in accordance with its own insurance practices as of the date hereof.


                                     - 48 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


     7.4 Performance of Obligations

     Pay and discharge  promptly  when due, and cause each  Subsidiary so to do,
all  lawful  Indebtedness,  obligations  and claims  for  labor,  materials  and
supplies or otherwise which, if unpaid, could reasonably be expected to (a) have
a Material Adverse effect,  or (b) become a Lien on the Property of the Borrower
or any Subsidiary, except those Liens permitted under Section 8.1, provided that
neither the Borrower nor such  Subsidiary  shall be required to pay or discharge
or cause to be paid or discharged any such Indebtedness,  obligation or claim so
long as (i) the  validity  thereof  shall  be  contested  in good  faith  and by
appropriate proceedings diligently conducted by the Borrower or such Subsidiary,
and (ii) such  reserve or other  appropriate  provision  as shall be required by
GAAP shall have been made therefor.

     7.5 Condition of Property

     Except for ordinary wear and tear, at all times, maintain, protect and keep
in good repair, working order and condition, all material Property necessary for
the  operation  of its  business  (other than  Property  which is replaced  with
similar Property), and cause each Subsidiary so to do.

     7.6 Observance of Legal Requirements

     Observe and comply in all material  respects,  and cause each Subsidiary so
to do,  with  all  laws,  ordinances,  orders,  judgments,  rules,  regulations,
certifications,  franchises,  permits, licenses,  directions and requirements of
all  Governmental  Authorities,  which  now  or at  any  time  hereafter  may be
applicable to it or to such Subsidiary, a violation of which could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse effect.

     7.7 Financial Statements and Other Information

     Maintain,  and cause each  Subsidiary  to  maintain,  a standard  system of
accounting in accordance with GAAP, and furnish to each Lender:


                                     - 49 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


          (a) As soon as available  and, in any event,  within 90 days after the
close of each  fiscal  year,  a copy of the  Borrower's  10-K in respect of such
fiscal year,  including (i) the Borrower's  Consolidated Balance Sheet as of the
end of such fiscal year, and (ii) the related Consolidated Statements of Income,
Capital and Cash Flows,  as of and through the end of such fiscal year,  setting
forth in each case in comparative form the  corresponding  figures in respect of
the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable  detail, and accompanied by a report
of the  Borrower's  auditors,  which report  shall state that (A) such  auditors
audited such financial  statements,  (B) such audit was made in accordance  with
generally  accepted  auditing  standards  in effect at the time and  provides  a
reasonable basis for such opinion,  and (C) said financial  statements have been
prepared in accordance with GAAP;

          (b) As soon as  available,  and in any event  within 45 days after the
end of each of the first three  fiscal  quarters of each fiscal  year, a copy of
the  Borrower's  10-Q in  respect  of such  fiscal  quarter,  including  (i) the
Borrower's  Consolidated  Balance Sheet as of the end of such quarter,  and (ii)
the related  Consolidated  Statements of Income,  Capital and Cash Flows for (A)
such quarter,  and (B) the period from the beginning of the then current  fiscal
year to the end of such quarter,  in each case in comparable form with the prior
fiscal  year,  all in  reasonable  detail and prepared in  accordance  with GAAP
(without footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments);

          (c)  Simultaneously  with the  delivery  of the  financial  statements
required by clauses (a) and (b) above,  a  Compliance  Certificate  of the Chief
Financial Officer of the Borrower;

          (d) As soon as practicable  after the filing thereof,  but in any case
no later than 10 days after such filing, (i) each Annual Statutory  Statement of
each Insurance  Subsidiary,  and (ii) each Quarterly Statement of each Insurance
Subsidiary;

          (e)  Promptly  upon receipt  thereof by the Borrower  from the NAIC, a
copy of the IRIS Ratio results for each year;

          (f)  Promptly  upon  becoming  available,  copies  of all  regular  or
periodic reports (including,  without  limitation,  current reports on Form 8-K)
which the  Borrower



                                     - 50 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

or any  Subsidiary  may now or  hereafter be required to file with or deliver to
the  Securities and Exchange  Commission,  or any other  Governmental  Authority
succeeding  to the functions  thereof,  and copies of all material news releases
sent to all stockholders;

          (g) Prompt  written  notice of: (i) any citation,  summons,  subpoena,
order to show cause or other order naming the Borrower or any Subsidiary a party
to any proceeding  before any  Governmental  Authority which could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse effect,  and include with such notice a copy
of such citation,  summons,  subpoena,  order to show cause or other order, (ii)
any  lapse or other  termination  of any  license,  permit,  franchise  or other
authorization  issued to the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  by any  Governmental
Authority,  (iii) any refusal by any  Governmental  Authority to renew or extend
any  license,  permit,  franchise or other  authorization,  and (iv) any dispute
between the Borrower or any Subsidiary  and any  Governmental  Authority,  which
lapse,  termination,  refusal or dispute,  referred to in clause (ii),  (iii) or
(iv) above, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse effect;

          (h) Upon any Senior Officer  becoming  aware  thereof,  prompt written
notice of the  occurrence of (i) each Default,  (ii) each Event of Default,  and
(iii) each Material Adverse change; and

          (i) From time to time, such other information  regarding the financial
position or business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries,  as the Agent, at the
request of any Lender, may reasonably request.

     7.8 Records

     Permit representatives of the Agent and such Lender to visit the offices of
the Borrower and each Subsidiary on reasonable notice during reasonable business
hours, to examine the books and records thereof and auditors'  reports  relating
thereto,  to make  copies or extracts  therefrom,  to discuss the affairs of the
Borrower and each Subsidiary with the respective  officers thereof,  and to meet
and discuss the affairs of the Borrower and each  Subsidiary with the Borrower's
auditors.

     7.9 Authorizations


                                     - 51 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


     Maintain and cause each  Subsidiary to maintain,  in full force and effect,
all licenses, copyrights, patents, trademarks, trade names, franchises, permits,
applications,  reports,  and other  authorizations and rights,  which, if not so
maintained,  would  individually  or in the  aggregate  have a Material  Adverse
effect.

     7.10 Interest Coverage Ratio

     Maintain  at the end of each  fiscal  quarter of the  Borrower  an Interest
Coverage Ratio of not less than 2.0:1.0.

     7.11 Debt Service Ratio

     Maintain at the end of each fiscal  quarter of the  Borrower a Debt Service
Ratio of not less than 1.5:1.0,  calculated on a year-to-date  basis as provided
in Exhibit H.

     7.12 FIC Statutory Capital and Surplus

     Cause FIC to maintain  at all times a Statutory  Capital and Surplus of not
less than $140,000,000.

     7.13 FIC Total Adjusted Capital

     Cause FIC to  maintain  at all times a Total  Adjusted  Capital of not less
than 300% of the Authorized Control Level Risk-Based Capital.

     7.14 FIC Compliance with IRIS Ratios

     Cause FIC to be in compliance  at all times with all IRIS Ratios,  provided
that with respect to the fiscal year ending  December 31, 1995, the  calculation
of the  "surplus  ratio"  included  in the IRIS  Ratios  for FIC  shall  exclude
therefrom the effect of the FIC Contribution.

     7.15 Participation in IRIS


                                     - 52 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


     Cause each Insurance Subsidiary to continue to participate in IRIS.

     7.16 Concerning the Tax Sharing Agreement

     Promptly  submit the Tax Sharing  Agreement  for all  necessary  regulatory
approvals and, thereafter, provide the Agent with a copy thereof.


8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     The Borrower  covenants and agrees that on and after the Effective Date and
until the later to occur of (a) the  Commitment  Termination  Date,  and (b) the
payment in full of the Notes,  the  Commitment  Fee and all other sums which are
then due and payable under the Loan Documents, the Borrower will not:

     8.1 Liens

     Create,  incur,  assume  or  suffer  to exist  any Lien  against  or on any
Property now owned or hereafter  acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary,  or
permit any Subsidiary so to do, except any one or more of the following types of
Liens:  (a)  Liens  in  connection  with  workers'  compensation,   unemployment
insurance  or other  social  security  obligations  (which  phrase  shall not be
construed to refer to ERISA or the minimum funding obligations under Section 412
of the Code), (b) Liens to secure the performance of bids,  tenders,  letters of
credit,  contracts,  including conditional sales contracts (other than contracts
for  the  payment  of  Indebtedness),  leases,  statutory  obligations,  surety,
customs,  appeal,  performance  and payment bonds and other  obligations of like
nature,  in each such case  arising  in the  ordinary  course of  business,  (c)
mechanics', workmen's, carriers', warehousemen's,  materialmen's, landlords', or
other like Liens  arising in the  ordinary  course of business  with  respect to
obligations  which are not due or which are being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, (d) Liens for taxes,  assessments,
fees or  governmental  charges or levies which are not  delinquent  or are being
contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, and
in respect of which adequate  reserves shall have been established in accordance
with  GAAP on the  books  of the  Borrower  or such  Subsidiary,  (e)  Liens  of
at-



                                     - 53 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

tachments,  judgments or awards against the Borrower or any Subsidiary (i) which
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse effect, or (ii) with
respect to which an appeal or  proceeding  for review shall be pending or a stay
of execution shall have been obtained, or which are otherwise being contested in
good faith and by appropriate  proceedings diligently conducted,  and in respect
of which adequate  reserves shall have been  established in accordance with GAAP
on the books of the Borrower or such Subsidiary,  (f) easements,  rights of way,
restrictions,  leases of  Property to others,  easements  for  installations  of
public utilities,  title  imperfections and restrictions,  zoning ordinances and
other  similar  encumbrances  affecting  Property  which in the aggregate do not
materially  adversely affect the value of such Property or materially impair its
use for the  operation of the business of the Borrower or such  Subsidiary,  (g)
Liens  existing  on the  Effective  Date and set  forth  on  Schedule  8.1,  (h)
statutory  Liens in favor of lessors  arising in connection with Property leased
to the Borrower or any Subsidiary,  (i) Liens on Property  hereafter acquired by
the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  in  connection  with  Acquisitions  permitted
hereunder, and (j) any Lien which is an extension, renewal or replacement of any
other Lien otherwise permitted under this Section 8.1, provided,  however,  that
the Liens  permitted  under this  Section  8.1(j)  shall not spread to cover any
additional   Indebtedness  or  Property  (other  than  a  substitution  of  like
Property).

     8.2 Dispositions

     Make any  Disposition,  or  permit  any  Subsidiary  so to do,  other  than
Dispositions of Property in the ordinary course of business.

     8.3 Acquisitions

     Effect any  Acquisition,  or permit any Subsidiary so to do,  provided that
(i) the Borrower  may effect an  Acquisition  as long as,  after  giving  effect
thereto,  (x) the Borrower is the surviving entity of such Acquisition,  (y) the
total cash  consideration,  if any,  paid by the  Borrower  with  respect to all
Acquisitions  in any fiscal year does not exceed  $10,000,000 and (z) no Default
or Event of Default  shall or would exist  immediately  before and after  giving
effect  thereto,  and (ii) any  Subsidiary  may effect an Acquisition as long as
immediately  before and after giving  effect  thereto (y) no Default or Event of
Default  shall or would  exist  and (z) such  Acquisition  would  not  cause any
Applicable



                                     - 54 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

Insurance  Regulatory  Authority  to  restrict  the  ability  of such  Insurance
Subsidiary to pay dividends or otherwise make  distributions  to the Borrower or
any Subsidiary in any manner.

     8.4 Line of Business

     Engage,  or permit any Subsidiary to engage, in any business other than any
business in which the  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  is engaged in on the date of
this Agreement or any other insurance- related businesses.

     8.5 Transactions with Affiliates

     Become, or permit any Subsidiary to become, a party to any transaction with
any Affiliate of the Borrower on a basis less  favorable to the Borrower or such
Subsidiary  in any material  respect than if such  transaction  were not with an
Affiliate of the Borrower.

     8.6 Adoption of Pension Plans

     Adopt a Pension  Plan,  or permit  any  Subsidiary  so to do,  unless  this
Agreement  is  amended,  in form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Required
Lenders, to insert the customary provisions with respect thereto.

9. DEFAULT

     9.1 Events of Default

     The following shall each constitute an "Event of Default" hereunder:

          (a) The failure of the  Borrower to make any payment of  principal  on
any Note when due and payable; or

          (b) The failure of the Borrower to make any payment of interest on any
Loan,  or to make any payment in respect of the  Commitment  Fee, in any case on
any



                                     - 55 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

date when due and payable  and such  default  shall  continue  unremedied  for a
period of 5 Domestic Business Days after the same shall have become due; or

          (c) The failure of the  Borrower to observe or perform any covenant or
agreement  contained in Sections 2.4, 7.1, 7.10,  7.11, 7.12, 7.13 or in Section
8; or

          (d) More than two  Primary  IRIS Ratios of FIC shall fail to be within
the usual range or value,  within the meaning of IRIS,  and such  failure  shall
continue  unremedied for a period of 30 days after any Senior Officer shall have
become aware of such failure,  or more than two of the Secondary  IRIS Ratios of
FIC shall fail to be within  the usual  range or value,  within  the  meaning of
IRIS,  and such  failure on more than two of such failed  Secondary  IRIS Ratios
shall have occurred for two consecutive years.

          (e) The  failure of the  Borrower  to  observe  or  perform  any other
covenant or agreement  contained in this Agreement,  and such failure shall have
continued unremedied for a period of 30 days after any Senior Officer shall have
become aware of such failure; or

          (f) Any  representation  or warranty of the Borrower (or of any of its
officers on its behalf) made in any Loan Document,  or made in any  certificate,
report,  opinion (other than an opinion of counsel) or other document  delivered
on or after the date hereof, shall in any such case prove to have been incorrect
or  misleading  (whether  because of  misstatement  or omission) in any material
respect when made; or

          (g) (i) Obligations in an aggregate  amount in excess of $1,000,000 of
the Borrower (other than its obligations  hereunder and under the Notes) and the
Subsidiaries,  whether as principal, guarantor, surety or other obligor, for the
payment of any Indebtedness  (other than  Indebtedness  arising solely under any
policy of insurance underwritten or issued, in whole or in part, by the Borrower
or any  Insurance  Subsidiary  to, or in favor of,  any  Person  other  than the
Borrower or any  Subsidiary  or Affiliate of the  Borrower) or any net liability
under interest rate swap, collar,  exchange or cap agreements,  (A) shall become
or shall be  declared  to be due and  payable  prior to the  expressed  maturity
thereof,  or (B) shall not be paid when due or within  any grace  period



                                     - 56 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

for the payment thereof,  or (ii) any holder of any such obligations  shall have
the right to declare the Indebtedness evidenced thereby due and payable prior to
its stated maturity; or

          (h) The Borrower or any  Subsidiary  shall (i) suspend or  discontinue
its business (except as may otherwise be expressly  permitted  herein),  or (ii)
make an  assignment  for the benefit of  creditors,  or (iii)  generally  not be
paying  its  debts as such  debts  become  due,  or (iv)  admit in  writing  its
inability to pay its debts as they become due, or (v) file a voluntary  petition
in  bankruptcy,  or (vi) become  insolvent  (however  such  insolvency  shall be
evidenced),  or (vii)  file any  petition  or  answer  seeking  for  itself  any
reorganization,  arrangement,  composition, readjustment of debt, liquidation or
dissolution  or  similar  relief  under any  present or future  statute,  law or
regulation of any jurisdiction  (including under any law applicable to insurance
companies),  or (viii)  petition or apply to any  tribunal,  any  Department  or
Commissioner of Insurance of any State, or any other Governmental Authority, for
any receiver, custodian or any trustee for any substantial part of its Property,
or (ix) be the subject of any such  proceeding  filed  against it which  remains
undismissed  for a period of 60 days,  or (x) file any answer  admitting  or not
contesting the material allegations of any such petition filed against it, or of
any order, judgment or decree approving such petition in any such proceeding, or
(xi) seek, approve,  consent to, or acquiesce in any such proceeding,  or in the
appointment of any trustee,  receiver,  custodian,  liquidator,  or fiscal agent
(including any Department or  Commissioner of Insurance of any State) for it, or
any substantial part of its Property, or an order is entered appointing any such
trustee, receiver, custodian,  liquidator or fiscal agent and such order remains
unstayed  and in effect for 60 days,  or (xii)  take any  formal  action for the
purpose of effecting any of the foregoing  (except as may otherwise be expressly
permitted herein); or

          (i) An order for relief is entered under the United States  bankruptcy
laws or any other  decree or order is entered  by a court or other  Governmental
Authority having  jurisdiction and continues unstayed and in effect for a period
of 60 days (i) adjudging the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  bankrupt or insolvent,
or  (ii)  approving  as  properly  filed  a  petition  seeking   reorganization,
liquidation,  arrangement,  adjustment or  composition  of, or in respect of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary under the United States  bankruptcy laws or any other
applicable Federal or state law (including under any law



                                     - 57 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

applicable to insurance companies), or (iii) appointing a receiver,  liquidator,
assignee,  trustee,  custodian,  sequestrator (or other similar official) of the
Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  or of  substantially  all of the  Property  of any
thereof,  or (iv) ordering the winding up or  liquidation  of the affairs of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary; or

          (j)  Judgments  or  decrees  in  an  aggregate  amount  in  excess  of
$1,000,000  against the  Borrower  and the  Subsidiaries  shall  remain  unpaid,
unstayed on appeal,  undischarged,  unbonded or  undismissed  for a period of 60
days; or

          (k) A Level Event shall occur and be  continuing  with  respect to FIC
for a period in excess of 30 days.

          (l) Any license, authorization,  franchise, permit, right, approval or
agreement  of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  to own or operate any business of
the Borrower or such Subsidiary is not renewed, or is suspended or revoked,  and
the non-renewal,  suspension or revocation thereof would have a Material Adverse
effect.

     9.2 Contract Remedies

          (a) Upon the  occurrence or at any time during the  continuance  of an
Event of Default,  the Agent,  at the written  request of the Required  Lenders,
shall notify the Borrower that the Commitments have been terminated and that the
Loans and the Notes have been  declared  immediately  due and payable,  provided
that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 9.1(h) or (i), the
Commitments shall automatically terminate and the Notes shall become immediately
due and payable  without  declaration or notice to the Borrower.  To the fullest
extent  not  prohibited  by law,  except  for  the  notice  provided  for in the
preceding  sentence,  the  Borrower  hereby  expressly  waives any  presentment,
demand,  protest,  notice of protest or other  notice of any kind in  connection
with the Loan Documents and its  obligations  thereunder.  To the fullest extent
not  prohibited  by law,  the  Borrower  hereby  further  expressly  waives  and
covenants not to assert any appraisement, valuation, stay, extension, redemption
or similar law, now or at any time hereafter in force which might delay, prevent
or otherwise  impede the  performance  or  enforcement of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents.


                                     - 58 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


          (b) In the event that the  Commitments  shall have been  terminated or
the Loans and the Notes shall have been declared due and payable pursuant to the
provisions of this Section 9.2, the Lenders agree,  among  themselves,  that any
funds  received from or on behalf of the Borrower under any Loan Document by any
of the Lenders  (except  funds  received by any Lender as a result of a purchase
from such Lender  pursuant to the  provisions of Section 11.9) shall be remitted
to the Agent,  and shall be applied by the Agent in payment of the Loans and the
obligations  of the Borrower  hereunder in the following  manner and order:  (i)
first, to reimburse the Agent and, thereafter,  the Lenders for any expenses due
from the Borrower  pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.5,  (ii) second,  to
the payment of the  Commitment  Fee,  (iii)  third,  to the payment of any other
fees,  expenses or amounts  (other  than the  principal  of and  interest on the
Notes) payable by the Borrower to the Agent or any of the Lenders under the Loan
Documents,  (iv) fourth, to the payment of accrued interest due on the Loans and
the Notes,  (v) fifth, to the payment of principal  outstanding on the Loans and
the Notes, and (vi) sixth, any remaining funds shall be paid to whomsoever shall
be entitled thereto or as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

          (c) In the event that the Loans and the Notes shall have been declared
due and payable pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.2, the Agent,  upon
the written request of the Required Lenders, shall proceed to enforce the rights
of the  holders  of the  Notes by suit in  equity,  action at law  and/or  other
appropriate proceedings,  whether for payment or the specific performance of any
covenant or  agreement  contained in the Loan  Documents.  In the event that the
Agent shall fail or refuse so to proceed,  each Lender shall be entitled to take
such action as the Required Lenders shall deem appropriate to enforce its rights
under the Loan Documents.


10. THE AGENT

           10.1    Appointment

          Each Lender  hereby  irrevocably  designates  and  appoints BNY as the
Agent of such Lender under the Loan Documents and each Lender hereby irrevocably
authorizes  the Agent to take such action on its behalf under the  provisions of
the Loan  Documents



                                     - 59 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are  expressly  delegated
to the Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such other powers
as are  reasonably  incidental  thereto.  Notwithstanding  any  provision to the
contrary  contained  elsewhere in this  Agreement or in any other Loan Document,
the Agent shall not have any duties or  responsibilities  except those expressly
set forth herein or therein, or any fiduciary  relationship with any Lender, and
no  implied  covenants,  functions,  responsibilities,  duties,  obligations  or
liabilities shall be read into the Loan Documents or otherwise exist against the
Agent.

     10.2 Delegation of Duties

     The Agent may  execute  any of its duties  under the Loan  Documents  by or
through  agents  or  attorneys-in-fact  and shall be  entitled  to rely upon the
advice of counsel  concerning all matters  pertaining to such duties,  and shall
not be held  liable  for any  action  taken or omitted to be taken in good faith
upon the advice of such counsel.

     10.3 Exculpatory Provisions

     Neither the Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees,
agents,  attorneys-in-fact  or  affiliates  shall be (i)  liable  for any action
lawfully  taken  or  omitted  to be  taken  by it or  such  Person  under  or in
connection  with  the  Loan  Documents  (except  the  Agent  for its  own  gross
negligence or willful  misconduct),  or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of
the Lenders for any recitals, statements,  representations or warranties made by
any  party  contained  in the  Loan  Documents  or in any  certificate,  report,
statement or other  document  referred to or provided for in, or received by the
Agent  under  or in  connection  with,  the  Loan  Documents  or for the  value,
validity,  effectiveness,  genuineness,  enforceability or sufficiency of any of
the Loan Documents or for any failure of the Borrower,  any  Subsidiary,  or any
other Person to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Agent shall
not be under any  obligation  to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the
observance or performance  of any of the agreements  contained in, or conditions
of, the Loan Documents,  or to inspect the  properties,  books or records of the
Borrower or any  Subsidiary.  The Agent,  in its capacity as such,  shall not be
under any liability or  responsibility  to the Borrower or any other Person as a
consequence of any failure or delay in performance, or any breach, by



                                     - 60 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

any  Lender  of any of its  obligations  under  any of the Loan  Documents.  The
Lenders  acknowledge  that the  Agent  shall  not be under  any duty to take any
discretionary  action permitted hereunder unless the Agent shall be requested in
writing to do so by the Required Lenders.

     10.4 Reliance by Agent

     The  Agent  shall be  entitled  to rely,  and shall be fully  protected  in
relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate,  affidavit,
opinion,  letter,  cablegram,  telegram,  facsimile,  telex or teletype message,
statement,  order or other document or conversation reasonably believed by it to
be  genuine  and  correct  and to have been  signed,  sent or made by the proper
Person or Persons and upon advice and  statements  of legal  counsel  (including
counsel to the Borrower),  independent accountants and other experts selected by
the Agent. The Agent may treat each Lender, or the Person designated in the last
notice filed under  Section  11.7, as the holder of all of the interests of such
Lender in its Loans and in its Notes until written notice of transfer, signed by
such Lender (or the Person  designated  in the last notice filed with the Agent)
and by the Person  designated  in such written  notice of transfer,  in form and
substance  satisfactory  to the Agent,  shall have been filed with the Agent and
all  requirements  of Section 11.7 have been  satisfied.  The Agent shall not be
under  any  duty  to  examine  or  pass  upon  the  validity,  effectiveness  or
genuineness of the Loan Documents or any instrument,  document or  communication
furnished  pursuant thereto or in connection  therewith,  and the Agent shall be
entitled to assume that the same are valid,  effective  and  genuine,  have been
signed or sent by the proper  parties and are what they purport to be. The Agent
shall be fully  justified  in failing or refusing  to take any action  under the
Loan  Documents  unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the
Required Lenders as it deems appropriate.  The Agent shall in all cases be fully
protected form the Lenders in acting,  or in refraining  from acting,  under the
Loan Documents in accordance  with a request of the Required  Lenders,  and such
request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding
upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Notes.

     10.5 Notice of Default


                                     - 61 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


     The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence
of any Default or Event of Default unless the Agent shall have received  written
notice  thereof  from a Lender  or the  Borrower  referring  to this  Agreement,
describing such Default or Event of Default and stating such notice is a "Notice
of Default." In the event that the Agent receives such a notice, the Agent shall
promptly  give notice  thereof to the Lenders.  The Agent shall take such action
with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed
by the  Required  Lenders,  provided  that unless and until the Agent shall have
received  such  directions,  the Agent may (but shall not be obligated  to) take
such  action or give such  directions,  or refrain  from  taking  such action or
giving such  directions,  with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it
shall deem to be in the best interests of the Lenders.

     10.6 Non-Reliance

     Each Lender  expressly  acknowledges  that neither the Agent nor any of its
officers,  directors,  employees,  agents,  attorneys-in- fact or affiliates has
made  any  representations  or  warranties  to it and  that no act by the  Agent
hereinafter,  including  any  review  of  the  affairs  of the  Borrower  or the
Subsidiaries,  shall be deemed to constitute any  representation  or warranty by
the Agent to any  Lender.  Each  Lender  represents  to the  Agent  that it has,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender, and based
on such  documents and  information as it has deemed  appropriate,  made its own
evaluation  of  and  investigation  into  the  business,  operations,  Property,
financial  and other  condition  and  creditworthiness  of the  Borrower and the
Subsidiaries and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender
also represents that it will,  independently and without reliance upon the Agent
or any other Lender,  and based on such  documents and  information  as it shall
deem  appropriate  at the  time,  continue  to  make  its own  credit  analysis,
evaluations  and  decisions  in  taking  or not  taking  action  under  the Loan
Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself
as to the business,  operations,  Property,  financial  and other  condition and
creditworthiness  of the  Borrower  and the  Subsidiaries.  Except for  notices,
reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by
the Agent  hereunder,  the Agent  shall not have any duty or  responsibility  to
provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business,
operations,  Property,  financial and other condition or creditworthiness of the
Borrower or the Subsidiaries  which may come



                                     - 62 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

into the possession of the Agent or any of its respective  officers,  directors,
employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

     10.7 Indemnification

     Each Lender  agrees to indemnify  the Agent in its capacity as such (to the
extent  not  promptly  reimbursed  by the  Borrower  and  without  limiting  the
obligation  of the  Borrower  to do so),  ratably  according  to its  Commitment
Percentage,  from and  against  any and all  liabilities,  obligations,  claims,
losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs,  expenses and
disbursements of any kind whatsoever,  including any amounts paid to the Lenders
by or for the account of the  Borrower  pursuant to the terms  hereof,  that are
subsequently  rescinded or avoided (or must  otherwise be restored or returned),
which may at any time (including at any time following the payment of the Notes)
be imposed on, incurred by or asserted  against the Agent in any way relating to
or arising out of this Agreement,  any other Loan Document or any other document
contemplated by or referred to herein or the transactions contemplated hereby or
any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Agent under or in connection with
any of the foregoing;  provided, however, that no Lender shall be liable for the
payment  of any  portion  of such  liabilities,  obligations,  losses,  damages,
penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs, expenses or disbursements to the
extent resulting  solely from the gross negligence or willful  misconduct of the
Agent.  The  agreements  in this Section  10.7 shall  survive the payment of the
Notes and all other amounts payable under the Loan Documents.

     10.8 Agent in its Individual Capacity

     BNY, and each of its  affiliates,  may make loans to, accept deposits from,
issue letters of credit for the account of and  generally  engage in any kind of
business with, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as though BNY was not the Agent
hereunder.  With respect to the  Commitment  made or renewed by BNY and the Note
issued to BNY, BNY shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as
any Lender and may exercise the same as though it was not the Agent and the term
"Lender" shall include BNY.


                                     - 63 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


     10.9 Successor Agent

     If at any time the Agent deems it advisable, in its sole discretion, it may
submit to each of the Lenders a written  notification  of its resignation as the
Agent under this Agreement,  such  resignation to be effective on the earlier to
occur of (a) the thirtieth  day after the date of such notice,  and (b) the date
upon which any successor to the Agent, in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 10.9,  shall have accepted in writing its  appointment as such successor
Agent. Upon any such  resignation,  the Required Lenders shall have the right to
appoint from among the Lenders a successor Agent therefor reasonably  acceptable
to the Borrower.  If no such successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the
Required Lenders and accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring
Agent's giving of notice of resignation,  then the retiring Agent may, on behalf
of the Lenders,  appoint a successor Agent therefor, which successor Agent shall
be a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or
of any State  thereof  and having a  combined  capital  and  surplus of at least
$500,000,000.  Upon the  written  acceptance  of any  appointment  as the  Agent
hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall automatically  become
a party to this Agreement and shall thereupon  succeed to and become vested with
all the rights,  powers,  privileges and duties of the retiring  Agent,  and the
retiring Agent's rights,  powers,  privileges and duties as the Agent under this
Agreement  shall be terminated.  The Borrower and the Lenders shall execute such
documents as shall be necessary to effect such  appointment.  After any retiring
Agent's  resignation as the Agent, the provisions of this Section 10 shall inure
to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was
the  Agent  under  this  Agreement.  If at any time  there  shall  not be a duly
appointed and acting Agent,  upon notice duly given, the Borrower agrees to make
each payment when due hereunder and under the Notes and the other Loan Documents
directly to the Lenders entitled thereto during such time.


11. OTHER PROVISIONS

     11.1 Amendments, Waivers, Etc.


                                     - 64 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


     With the  written  consent  of the  Required  Lenders,  the  Agent  and the
appropriate  parties to the Loan  Documents  (other than the Lenders)  may, from
time to time,  enter  into  written  amendments,  supplements  or  modifications
thereof and,  with the consent of the Required  Lenders,  the Agent on behalf of
the Lenders may  execute  and deliver to any such  parties a written  instrument
waiving or consenting to the departure from, on such terms and conditions as the
Agent  may  specify  in such  instrument,  any of the  requirements  of the Loan
Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences, provided that
no such amendment,  supplement,  modification,  waiver or consent shall, without
the consent of all of the  Lenders (i)  increase  the  Commitment  Amount of any
Lender (provided that no waiver of a Default or Event of Default shall be deemed
to constitute such an increase),  (ii) extend the Commitment  Period (other than
as provided in Section 2.7(b)),  (iii) reduce the amount,  or extend the time of
payment,  of the  Commitment  Fee,  (iv) reduce the rate,  or extend the time of
payment of,  interest on any Loan or any Note (other than the  applicability  of
any post-default  increase in such rate of interest),  (v) reduce the amount, or
extend the time of payment of any  installment  or other payment of principal on
any Loan or any Note, (vi) decrease or forgive the principal  amount of any Loan
or any Note,  (vii)  consent to any  assignment or delegation by the Borrower or
any  Subsidiary  of any of its rights or  obligations  under any Loan  Document,
(viii) change the provisions of this Section 11.1, or (ix) change the definition
of Required  Lenders,  and provided further that no such amendment,  supplement,
modification,  waiver or consent  shall amend,  modify or waive any provision of
Section 10 or  otherwise  change any of the rights or  obligations  of the Agent
under any Loan  Document  without  the  written  consent of the Agent.  Any such
amendment,  supplement,  modification,  waiver or consent shall apply equally to
each of the  Lenders  and shall be binding  upon the  parties to the  applicable
agreement,  the Lenders,  the Agent and all future holders of the Notes.  In the
case of any waiver, the parties to the applicable agreement, the Lenders and the
Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights  hereunder and under
the other Loan  Documents,  and any Default or Event of Default waived shall not
extend to any  subsequent  or other  Default or Event of Default,  or impair any
right consequent thereon.

     11.2 Notices


                                     - 65 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


     Except as otherwise  expressly provided herein,  all notices,  requests and
demands to or upon the  respective  parties  hereto to be effective  shall be in
writing and, if in writing,  shall be deemed to have been duly given or made (a)
when delivered by hand, (b) one Domestic  Business Day after having been sent by
overnight  courier  service,  (c) five Domestic  Business Days after having been
deposited  in the  mail,  first-class  postage  prepaid,  or (d) in the  case of
facsimile  notice,  when sent,  addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower
and the Agent, and as set forth in Exhibit A in the case of each of the Lenders,
or to such other  addresses as to which the Agent may be  hereafter  notified by
the  respective  parties  hereto or any future  holders of the Notes (but not by
giving or leaving a message on an  answering  or  recording  device,  and E-mail
messages shall not constitute notice hereunder):

     The Borrower:

             Frontier Insurance Group, Inc.
             195 Lake Louise Marie Road
             Rock Hill, New York 12775-8000
             Attention: Dennis F. Plante,
                            Chief Financial Officer
             Facsimile: (914) 796-1904
             Telephone: (914) 796-2100 (ext. 197)


          The Agent:

             The Bank of New York
                 One Wall Street
             New York, New York 10286
             Attention: Nicole M. Negrea,
                          Assistant Vice President
             Facsimile: (212) 809-9520
             Telephone: (212) 635-6482,


                                     - 66 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


except that any notice,  request or demand by the  Borrower to or upon the Agent
or the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.3, 2.7 or 3.3 shall not be effective until
received.  Any party to a Loan  Document may rely on  signatures  of the parties
thereto which are transmitted by facsimile or other electronic means as fully as
if originally signed.

     11.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Agent
or any Lender,  any right,  remedy,  power or privilege  under any Loan Document
shall operate as a waiver thereof,  nor shall any single or partial  exercise of
any right, remedy, power or privilege under any Loan Document preclude any other
or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or
privilege. The rights, remedies,  powers and privileges under the Loan Documents
are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies,  powers and privileges
provided by law.

     11.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties

     All  representations  and warranties  made in the Loan Documents and in any
document,  certificate or statement  delivered pursuant thereto or in connection
therewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement,  the Notes
and the other Loan Documents.

     11.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes

     The Borrower agrees,  promptly upon  presentation of a statement or invoice
therefor,  and whether any Loan is made,  (a) to pay or reimburse  the Agent for
all  its  reasonable  costs  and  expenses   incurred  in  connection  with  the
development,  preparation and execution of, and any amendment,  waiver, consent,
supplement or  modification  to, the Loan Documents,  any documents  prepared in
connection  therewith  and the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated
thereby  whether such Loan  Documents or any such  amendment,  waiver,  consent,
supplement or  modification  to the Loan Documents or any documents  prepared in
connection  therewith  are  executed and whether the  transactions  contemplated
thereby are  consummated,  including the reasonable  fees and  disbursements  of
Special  Counsel,  (b) to pay or reimburse  the Agent and the Lenders for



                                     - 67 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

all of their  respective  costs and  expenses  incurred in  connection  with the
enforcement or preservation  of any rights under the Loan  Documents,  including
reasonable fees and  disbursements  of Special Counsel and such local counsel(s)
(but not more than one in each  jurisdiction)  as may be reasonably  required by
the Agent, but no other counsel, (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and
the Agent harmless from any and all applicable recording and filing fees and any
and all  liabilities  with  respect to, or  resulting  from any delay in paying,
stamp,  excise and other taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be
payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation of any
of  the  transactions   contemplated   by,  or  any  amendment,   supplement  or
modification  of, or any  waiver or  consent  under or in  respect  of, the Loan
Documents and any such other documents,  and (d) to pay, indemnify and hold each
Lender, the Agent and each of their respective officers, directors and employees
harmless from and against any and all other  liabilities,  obligations,  claims,
losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs,  expenses and
disbursements of any kind or nature  whatsoever,  including  reasonable fees and
disbursements  of Special  Counsel and such local  counsel as may be  reasonably
required by the Agent,  with respect to the  enforcement  of the Loan  Documents
(all the foregoing,  collectively, the "Indemnified Liabilities") and, if and to
the extent that the foregoing indemnity may be unenforceable for any reason, the
Borrower  agrees to make the maximum  payment  permitted  under  applicable law;
provided,  however,  that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to pay
Indemnified  Liabilities  to the  Agent or any  Lender  arising  from the  gross
negligence,  willful misconduct or unlawful actions of the Agent or such Lender.
The  agreements  in this  Section  11.5 shall  survive  the  termination  of the
Commitments  and  the  payment  of the  Notes  and  all  other  amounts  payable
hereunder.

     11.6 Lending Offices

     Each  Lender  shall  have the  right  at any time and from  time to time to
transfer any Loan to a different office of such Lender.

     11.7 Successors and Assigns

          (a) This  Agreement,  the Notes and the other Loan  Documents to which
the  Borrower is a party  shall be binding  upon and inure to the benefit of the
Borrower,



                                     - 68 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

the Lenders,  the Agent,  all future  holders of the Notes and their  respective
successors and assigns.

          (b) Subject to Section 11.7(e), each Lender may at any time assign all
or any portion of its rights  under any Loan  Document  to any  Federal  Reserve
Bank.

          (c) In addition to its rights under Section 11.7(b), each Lender shall
have the right to sell, assign, transfer or negotiate (each an "Assignment") all
or any  portion  of all of its  Loans,  its  Commitment  and  its  Notes  to any
subsidiary  or Affiliate of such Lender or to any other  Lender,  and,  with the
Borrower's  prior  written  consent  (which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld  and  shall not be  required  of the  Borrower  if, at the time of such
Assignment, an Event of Default shall exist) at any time, upon written notice to
the Agent of its intent to do so, to make an Assignment of all or any portion of
its Loans,  its  Commitment  and its Notes to any bank,  financial  institution,
pension fund,  mutual fund or other  similar fund,  provided that the parties to
each such  Assignment  shall execute and deliver to the Agent an Assignment  and
Acceptance Agreement along with a fee (the "Assignment Fee"), for the account of
the  Agent,  of  $2,500.  Upon  receipt  of each such  executed  Assignment  and
Acceptance Agreement together with the Assignment Fee therefor,  the Agent shall
execute  the same and,  in the event that either the  assignee  thereunder  is a
Lender  (or a  subsidiary  or  Affiliate  thereof)  or the  Borrower  shall have
consented  to  such  assignment  (to  the  extent  that  such  consent  was  not
unreasonably  withheld  and is required as  aforesaid),  (i) record the same and
execute  two  copies  of  such  Assignment  and  Acceptance   Agreement  in  the
appropriate  place,  deliver  one  copy  to the  assignor  and  one  copy to the
assignee,  and (ii)  request  the  Borrower  to execute  and deliver (1) to such
assignee,  a Note in an aggregate  principal  amount equal to the Loans assigned
to, and Commitment assumed by, such assignee,  and (2) to such assignor,  in the
event that such  assignor  shall retain any Loans and  Commitment,  a Note in an
aggregate  principal amount equal to the balance of such assignor Lender's Loans
and Commitment. The Borrower agrees that it shall, upon each such request of the
Agent, execute and deliver such new Notes at its own cost and expense. Upon such
delivery,  acceptance  and recording by the Agent,  from and after the effective
date  specified  in such  Assignment  and  Acceptance  Agreement,  the  assignee
thereunder  shall be a party hereto and shall for all purposes of this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents be deemed a "Lender" and, to the extent provided in
such Assignment and



                                     - 69 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

Acceptance Agreement,  the assignor Lender thereunder shall be released from its
obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

          (d) In addition to the participations provided for in Section 11.9(b),
each Lender may grant  participations in all or any part of its Loans, its Notes
and its Commitment to one or more banks,  pension  funds,  mutual funds or other
financial  institutions,  provided that (i) such Lender's obligations under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged,  (ii) such Lender
shall remain solely  responsible  to the other parties to this Agreement and the
other  Loan  Documents  for the  performance  of  such  obligations,  (iii)  the
Borrower,  the Agent and the other  Lenders  shall  continue  to deal solely and
directly  with  such  Lender  in  connection   with  such  Lender's  rights  and
obligations  under  this  Agreement  and  the  other  Loan  Documents,  (iv)  no
sub-participations  shall be permitted,  (v) the granting of such  participation
does not require that any  immediate  out-of-pocket  cost or expense be borne by
the  Borrower,  and (vi) the voting  rights of any  holder of any  participation
shall be limited  to the right to  consent to any action  taken or omitted to be
taken by such  Lender  under the Loan  Documents  which would (A)  increase  the
Commitment  Amount of any Lender  (provided that no waiver of a Default or Event
of Default or of any mandatory reduction of any of the foregoing shall be deemed
to constitute such a change),  (B) extend the Commitment  Period, (C) reduce the
amount or extend the time of payment of the Commitment  Fee, (D) reduce the rate
or extend the time of payment of  interest  on any Loan or any Note  (other than
the  applicability of any post-default  increase in such rate of interest),  (E)
reduce the amount or extend  the time of  payment  of any  installment  or other
payment of  principal  on any Loan or any Note,  (F)  decrease  or  forgive  the
principal  amount of any Loan or any Note,  or (G) consent to any  assignment or
delegation by the Borrower of all of its rights or obligations  under all of the
Loan Documents.

          (e) No Lender shall, as between and among the Borrower, the Agent, and
such Lender, be relieved of any of its obligations under the Loan Documents as a
result of any assignment of or granting of participations in, all or any part of
its Loans, its Commitment and its Notes,  except that a Lender shall be relieved
of its  obligations  to the extent of any such  Assignment of all or any part of
its Loans, its Commitment or its Notes pursuant to Section 11.7(c).




                                     - 70 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


     11.8 Counterparts

     The Loan Documents  (other than the Notes) may be executed on any number of
separate  counterparts  and all of said  counterparts  taken  together  shall be
deemed to constitute  one and the same  agreement.  It shall not be necessary in
making  proof of any Loan  Document  to  produce  or  account  for more than one
counterpart  signed  by the  party to be  charged.  A set of the  copies of this
Agreement  and each of the other  Loan  Documents  signed by all of the  parties
thereto shall be lodged with each of the Borrower and the Agent.  Any party to a
Loan Document may rely upon the  signatures of any other party thereto which are
transmitted  by  facsimile  or other  electronic  means to the same extent as if
originally signed.

     11.9 Set-off and Sharing of Payments

          (a) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders  provided by
law,  upon the  occurrence  of an  Event  of  Default  and  acceleration  of the
obligations  owing in connection  with this  Agreement,  or at any time upon the
occurrence  and during the  continuance  of an Event of Default  under  Sections
9.1(a) or 9.1(b), each Lender shall have the right,  without prior notice to the
Borrower,  any such notice being expressly  waived by the Borrower to the extent
permitted by applicable  law, to set-off and apply against any  indebtedness  or
other  liability,  whether matured or unmatured,  of the Borrower to such Lender
arising  under the Loan  Documents,  any amount  owing  from such  Lender to the
Borrower.  To the extent  permitted by applicable  law, the  aforesaid  right of
set-off  may be  exercised  by such Lender  against the  Borrower or against any
trustee in bankruptcy, custodian, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit
of creditors,  receiver,  or execution,  judgment or attachment  creditor of the
Borrower,  or against  anyone else  claiming  through or against the Borrower or
such trustee in bankruptcy,  custodian,  debtor in possession,  assignee for the
benefit of creditors,  receivers, or execution, judgment or attachment creditor,
notwithstanding  the  fact  that  such  right of  set-off  shall  not have  been
exercised  by such Lender prior to the making,  filing or issuance  of,  service
upon such Lender of, or notice to such Lender of, any petition,  assignment  for
the benefit of creditors,  appointment or application  for the  appointment of a
receiver,  or issuance of  execution,  subpoena,  order or warrant.  Each Lender
agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Agent after each such set-off and
application made by such



                                     - 71 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

Lender,  provided  that the  failure  to give such  notice  shall not affect the
validity of such set-off and application.

          (b) If any Lender (each a "Benefited Lender") shall obtain any payment
(whether voluntary,  involuntary,  through the exercise of any right of set-off,
or otherwise)  on account of its Loans or its Notes in excess of its  Commitment
Percentage  of  payments  then due and payable on account of the Loans and Notes
received by all the  Lenders,  such Lender  shall  forthwith  purchase,  without
recourse,  for cash, from the other Lenders such  participations  in their Loans
and Notes as shall be  necessary  to cause such  purchasing  Lender to share the
excess  payment  with each of them  according to their  Commitment  Percentages,
provided,  however,  that  if all or any  portion  of  such  excess  payment  is
thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from each Lender
shall be rescinded and each such Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the
purchase price to the extent of such recovery,  together with an amount equal to
such Lender's pro rata share  (according to the  proportion of (i) the amount of
such Lender's required  repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the
purchasing  Lender)  of any  interest  or other  amount  paid or  payable by the
purchasing  Lender in respect of the total  amount so  recovered.  The  Borrower
agrees  that any  Lender so  purchasing  a  participation  from  another  Lender
pursuant to this Section 11.9(b) may exercise such rights to payment  (including
the right of set-off)  with  respect to such  participation  as fully as if such
Lender  were  the  direct  creditor  of the  Borrower  in  the  amount  of  such
participation.

     11.10 Indemnity

     The  Borrower  agrees to  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the Agent and each
Lender from and against any loss, cost, liability,  damage or expense, including
the reasonable fees and  disbursements of Special Counsel and such local counsel
as may be reasonably required by the Agent or such Lender, incurred by the Agent
or such Lender in investigating,  preparing for, defending against, or providing
evidence,  producing  documents  or taking any other  action in respect  of, any
commenced or threatened litigation,  administrative  proceeding or investigation
under any federal  securities law or any other statute of any  jurisdiction,  or
any regulation, or at common law or otherwise,  which is alleged to arise out of
or is based upon (a) any untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement of any
material  fact,  in  any  document  or  schedule  executed  or  filed  with  any
Gov-



                                     - 72 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

ernmental  Authority  by or on behalf of the  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  which
relates to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, (b) any omission
or alleged  omission to state any  material  fact  required to be stated in such
document or schedule, or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light
of the  circumstances  under  which  made,  not  misleading,  or (c)  any  acts,
practices or omissions or alleged  acts,  practices or omissions of the Borrower
or its agents  relating to the use of the  proceeds of any Loan which is alleged
to be in violation of Section 2.4, or in violation of any federal securities law
or of any other statute,  regulation or other law of any jurisdiction applicable
thereto.  The  indemnity  set forth  herein  shall be in  addition  to any other
obligations  or  liabilities  of the  Borrower  to the  Agent  and  the  Lenders
hereunder  or  at  common  law  or   otherwise,   shall  include  the  fees  and
disbursements  of Special  Counsel and such local  counsel as may be  reasonably
required by the Agent, incurred in connection with establishing  liability under
this Section  11.10 or collecting  amounts  payable under this Section 11.10 and
shall  survive  any  termination  of  this  Agreement,  the  expiration  of  the
Commitments  and the payment of all  indebtedness of the Borrower under the Loan
Documents,  provided that the Borrower  shall not have any liability  under this
Section 11.10 to any indemnified person with respect to indemnified  liabilities
which  are  determined  by a final  and  nonappealable  judgment  of a court  of
competent  jurisdiction  to have  arisen  primarily  from the gross  negligence,
willful misconduct or unlawful actions of such indemnified person or which arise
solely out of any litigation between or among the Agent and the Lenders.

     11.11 Governing Law

     The Loan Documents and the rights and  obligations  of the parties  thereto
shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws
of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

     11.12 Severability

     Every  provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents is intended
to be  severable,  and if any  term or  provision  hereof  or  thereof  shall be
invalid,  illegal or unenforceable  for any reason,  the validity,  legality and
enforceability  of the  remaining  provisions  hereof  or  thereof  shall not be
affected or impaired thereby, and any invalidity,



                                     - 73 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

illegality  or  unenforceability  in  any  jurisdiction  shall  not  affect  the
validity,  legality or enforceability of any such term or provision in any other
jurisdiction.

     11.13 Integration

     All exhibits to the Loan  Documents  shall be deemed to be a part  thereof.
Each Loan Document  embodies the entire agreement and  understanding  between or
among the  parties  thereto  with  respect to the  subject  matter  thereof  and
supersedes all prior agreements and understandings  between or among the parties
thereto with respect to the subject matter thereof.

     11.14 Treatment of Certain Information

     Each  Lender  and the Agent  agrees  (on  behalf of itself  and each of its
affiliates,   directors,   officers,   employees  and  representatives)  to  use
reasonable precautions to keep confidential,  in accordance with their customary
procedures  for  handling  confidential  information  of  the  same  nature  and
non-public  information  supplied by the Borrower or any Subsidiary  pursuant to
this Agreement (a) which is identified by such Person as being  confidential  at
the time  the same is  delivered  to such  Lender  or the  Agent,  or (b)  which
constitutes any financial statement, financial projections or forecasts, budget,
compliance  certificate,   audit  report,   management  letter  or  accountants'
certification delivered hereunder,  provided, however, that nothing herein shall
limit the  disclosure  of any such  information  (i) to the extent  required  by
statute,  rule,  regulation or judicial process,  (ii) to counsel for any of the
Lenders or the Agent, (iii) to bank examiners,  auditors or accountants, (iv) to
the Agent or the Lenders, (v) in connection with any litigation to which any one
or more of the  Lenders  or the  Agent is a party,  or (vi) to any  assignee  or
participant (or prospective assignee or participant) so long as such assignee or
participant (or prospective assignee or participant) first executes and delivers
a confidentiality  agreement  containing  substantially the same restrictions as
set forth in this Section.

     11.15 Acknowledgments


                                     - 74 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


     The  Borrower  acknowledges  that (a) it has been advised by counsel in the
negotiation,  execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, (b) by virtue of the
Loan Documents,  neither the Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship
to the Borrower,  and the relationship between the Agent and the Lenders, on the
one hand,  and the  Borrower,  on the other  hand,  is solely that of debtor and
creditor, and (c) by virtue of the Loan Documents, no joint venture exists among
the Lenders or among the Borrower and the Lenders.

     11.16 Consent to Jurisdiction

     The Borrower  irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any New York State
or  Federal  Court  sitting  in the City of New York  over any  suit,  action or
proceeding  arising  out of or  relating  to the Loan  Documents.  The  Borrower
irrevocably  waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which
it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action
or proceeding  brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit,  action
or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
The Borrower agrees that a final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding
brought in such a court, after all appropriate appeals,  shall be conclusive and
binding upon it.

     11.17 Service of Process

     The  Borrower  agrees that  process  may be served  against it in any suit,
action or  proceeding  referred to in Section 11.15 by sending the same by first
class mail,  return receipt  requested or by overnight  courier service,  to the
address of the Borrower set forth in Section 11.2. The Borrower  agrees that any
such service (i) shall be deemed in every respect  effective  service of process
upon it in any such suit,  action, or proceeding,  and (ii) shall to the fullest
extent  enforceable by law, be taken and held to be valid personal  service upon
and personal delivery to it.

     11.18 No Limitation on Service or Suit

     Nothing in the Loan  Documents or any  modification,  waiver,  or amendment
thereto  shall  affect the right of the Agent or any Lender to serve  process in
any  manner



                                     - 75 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

permitted  by law or  limit  the  right  of the  Agent  or any  Lender  to bring
proceedings   against  the  Borrower  in  the  courts  of  any  jurisdiction  or
jurisdictions.

     11.19 WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

     EACH OF THE AGENT, THE LENDERS AND THE BORROWER KNOWINGLY,  VOLUNTARILY AND
INTENTIONALLY  WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY
LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE
TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.  FURTHER, THE BORROWER HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT
NO REPRESENTATIVE OR AGENT OF THE AGENT OR THE LENDERS,  OR COUNSEL TO THE AGENT
OR THE LENDERS, HAS REPRESENTED,  EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE,  THAT THE AGENT OR THE
LENDERS WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF SUCH LITIGATION,  SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER
OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL PROVISION.  THE BORROWER  ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE AGENT AND
THE LENDERS HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS  AGREEMENT BY, INTER ALIA,  THE
PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION.




                                     - 76 -
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>




     AS  EVIDENCE  of the  agreement  by the  parties  hereto  to the  terms and
conditions  herein  contained,  each such party has caused this  Agreement to be
executed on its behalf.


     FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.


   By: ________________________________
   Name: ______________________________
   Title:______________________________



    THE BANK OF NEW YORK, in its capacity
      as a Lender and in its capacity as
      the Agent


   By: ________________________________
   Name: ______________________________
   Title:______________________________





                                     - 77 -

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                          FRONTIER INSURANCE EXHIBIT B

                                  FORM OF NOTE


$______________.                                          _________ __, 1995
                                                          New York, New York


               FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  the undersigned,  FRONTIER  INSURANCE GROUP,
INC., a Delaware  corporation  (the  "Borrower"),  hereby promises to pay to the
order   of    _________________________    (the    "Lender")   the   lesser   of
$_________________  or the outstanding  principal balance of the Lender's Loans,
together with interest thereon,  at the rate or rates, in the amounts and at the
time or times set forth in the  Credit  Agreement  (as the same may be  amended,
supplemented or otherwise  modified from time to time, the "Credit  Agreement"),
dated as of June 29, 1995, by and among the Borrower,  the Lenders party thereto
and The Bank of New York, as the agent (in such capacity,  the "Agent"), in each
case at the office of the Agent located at One Wall Street,  New York, New York,
or at such other  place as the Agent may  specify  from time to time,  in lawful
money of the United States of America in immediately available funds.

Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise  defined  herein shall have
the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit  Agreement.

               The Loans  evidenced by this Note are  prepayable in the amounts,
and on the dates,  set forth in the Credit  Agree ment.  This Note is one of the
Notes  under,  and as such term is  defined  in, the  Credit  Agreement,  and is
subject to, and shall be construed in accordance  with, the provisions  thereof,
and is entitled to the benefits set forth in the Loan Documents.

               The Lender is hereby authorized to record on the schedule annexed
hereto, and any continuation  sheets which the Lender may attach thereto (a) the
date and amount of each Loan made by the Lender,  (b) the character of each Loan
as one or more  ABR  Advances,  one or  more  Eurodollar  Advances,  one or more
Negotiated Rate Advances or a combination  thereof,  (c) the Interest Period and
Eurodollar  Rate or Negotiated  Rate  applicable to each  Eurodollar  Advance or
Negoti-


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

ated  Rate  Advance,  as the case may be,  and (d) the date and  amount  of each
Conversion  of, and each payment or prepayment  of principal of, each Loan.  The
failure  to so  record  or any  error  in so  recording  shall  not  affect  the
obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans,  together with interest  thereon,
as provided in the Credit Agreement.

               Except  as   specifically   otherwise   provided  in  the  Credit
Agreement,  the Borrower hereby waives presentment,  demand, notice of dishonor,
protest,  notice of  protest  and all other  demands,  protests  and  notices in
connection with the execution, delivery, performance, collection and enforcement
of this Note.

               This Note is being  delivered in, is intended to be performed in,
shall be construed and  interpreted  in accordance  with, and be governed by the
internal  laws of,  the  State of New York,  without  regard  to  principles  of
conflict of laws.

               This  Note  may  only be  amended  by an  instrument  in  writing
executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.1 of the Credit Agreement.

                                            FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.


                                            By: ___________________________
                                            Name: _________________________
                                            Title: ________________________





                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>




<PAGE>

FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.        1995 FORM 10-K                  EXHIBIT 11




                        Computation of Per Share Earnings
                 (in thousands, except per share dollar amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   Year Ended December 31
                                 --------------------------
                                  1995      1994      1993 
                                 -------  --------  --------
<S>                              <C>       <C>       <C>    
Net Income                       $31,211   $16,980   $23,871
                                 =======   =======   =======
Weighted average shares of
  common stock outstanding (1)    13,011    12,992    11,419
                                 =======   =======   =======
Net income per share of
  common stock outstanding (1)     $2.40     $1.31     $2.09
                                 =======   =======   =======
</TABLE>

- --------------

(1)    Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding have been adjusted to
       give effect to the Company's  common stock  dividends and a 3-for-2 stock
       split.  Accordingly,  net  income  per  share of  common  stock  has been
       adjusted.

<PAGE>





<PAGE>

FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.           1995 FORM 10-K            EXHIBIT 21(a)




                        LIST OF REGISTRANTS SUBSIDIARIES


The following is a list of  Registrant's  subsidiaries,  all of which are wholly
owned.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        State of Jurisdiction
         Name                                             and Incorporation  
- -------------------------------------------           --------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>
Frontier Insurance Company                                     New York


Medical Professional Liability Agency, Ltd.                    New York


Pioneer Claim Management, Inc.                                 New York


Frontier Pacific Insurance Company                            California


Spencer Douglass Insurance Associates                         California

</TABLE>

<PAGE>





<PAGE>

FRONTIER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.               1995 FORM 10-K          EXHIBIT 23







                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS






We consent to the  incorporation  by  reference in the  Registration  Statements
(Forms S-8 No.  33-30217,  No.  33-39638,  and No.  33-77332)  pertaining to the
Incentive and Non-Incentive Stock Option Plans of Frontier Insurance Group, Inc.
of our report dated March 15, 1996, with respect to the  consolidated  financial
statements  and  schedules of Frontier  Insurance  Group,  Inc.  included in the
Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 1995.






                                                /S/       Ernst & Young LLP
                                                -------------------------------



New York, New York
March 26, 1996

<PAGE>



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                              7
<MULTIPLIER>                           1,000
       
<S>                                  <C>           
<PERIOD-TYPE>                          12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                      DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-START>                         JAN-01-1995
<PERIOD-END>                           DEC-31-1995
<DEBT-HELD-FOR-SALE>                   521,402
<DEBT-CARRYING-VALUE>                        0
<DEBT-MARKET-VALUE>                          0
<EQUITIES>                              21,024
<MORTGAGE>                                   0
<REAL-ESTATE>                                0
<TOTAL-INVEST>                         552,714
<CASH>                                   5,115
<RECOVER-REINSURE>                       2,639
<DEFERRED-ACQUISITION>                  18,797
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                         773,348
<POLICY-LOSSES>                        367,438
<UNEARNED-PREMIUMS>                    107,282
<POLICY-OTHER>                               0
<POLICY-HOLDER-FUNDS>                        0
<NOTES-PAYABLE>                              0
<COMMON>                                   130
                        0
                                  0
<OTHER-SE>                             229,603
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>           773,348
                             196,220
<INVESTMENT-INCOME>                     30,035
<INVESTMENT-GAINS>                          20
<OTHER-INCOME>                             130
<BENEFITS>                             119,256
<UNDERWRITING-AMORTIZATION>             42,258
<UNDERWRITING-OTHER>                    20,717
<INCOME-PRETAX>                         43,280
<INCOME-TAX>                            12,069
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                     31,211
<DISCONTINUED>                               0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                              0
<CHANGES>                                    0
<NET-INCOME>                            31,211
<EPS-PRIMARY>                             2.40
<EPS-DILUTED>                             2.40
<RESERVE-OPEN>                         263,202
<PROVISION-CURRENT>                    132,264
<PROVISION-PRIOR>                            0
<PAYMENTS-CURRENT>                      13,052
<PAYMENTS-PRIOR>                        80,507
<RESERVE-CLOSE>                        294,393
<CUMULATIVE-DEFICIENCY>                  7,514
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission